Home

Mitsubishi Electric PUHY-HP YHM

1.
2. HWE08110 201 GB IX Troubleshooting 7 Control Circuit 1 Control power source function block Power source system AC 380 415 V Control system DC 5 30 V Noise filter mp 0 380 415V Terminal block for II Fuse power source circuit i I Microcomputer i Surge protection 2000000 100 A EE i i iControl board i Fan board Get E Inverter reset Exe angel Solenoid valve circuit i 4 way valve i yel CH1 Relay LEV Pover supply H i i Drive circuit I i i a 72C LEV e 5 V Power supply Microcomputer i 5 i 12V Power supply DC DC converter I EE e
3. CN18V LEDS CN4 Input 18VDC Lit during normal QQ GND GND CPU operation 3 Serial communication signal output O OSIS YNO E O S 3 i m e 173d Ta x CN5 o iE N b 779 MGND Control board s 2 6 Sp o b Serial communication signal output MM gt m ONANI zeva SNO rosy SCH T SLE o 3 CN21 55 E s E E S ll Een Serial communication signal output CU n au zgoLm 2 Zoe E po a GND INV board CH lt D b CNVDC Su E I os q se 2724 12 Input 17VDC Bus voltage input gt 22 77 0802 1 Narda DN zd Logo 915 CN22 Q 22 1099 S GND INV board S E recy SUE EG SS ie d E e Sor we UR Serial communication si
4. 11 11 Characteristics of the Conventional and the New Refrigerants 12 12 Notes on Refrigerating Machine OU 13 II Restrictions 15 1 GOnTIguration WE 17 2 Types and Maximum allowable Length of Cables 18 3 Switch Settings and Address Settings 5 5 5 eee 19 4 Sample System CoOnnECUON EE 25 5 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 26 6 An Example of a System to which an ME Remote Controller is connected 36 7 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller are connected WEE 38 8 Restrictions on Pipe Length EE 40 III Outdoor Unit Components 1 Outdoor Unit Components and Refrigerant 45 2 Control BOX or the Outd or UN 47 TNB 48 IV Remote Controller 1 Functions and Specifications of MA and ME Remote Controllers 55 2 Group Settings and Interlock Settings via the ME Remote Controller 56 3 Interlock Settings via the MA Remote Controller 60 4 Using the built in Temperature Sensor on the Remote Controller 61
5. 187 B EE 204 6 Compressor Replacement Instruchons 82 83 833 206 7 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display 208 8 Installation Instructions for the Control Box Snow Guard Accessories 209 X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 1 How to Read the LED on the Service Monitor 213 HWE08110 HWE08110 GB I Read Before Servicing 1 Read Before u u u UU TU 3 2 Necessary Tools and MateridlS viuda dieta 4 70 es de mE 5 d Storage of PIPING WEE T 5 UU6 Le E T 0 Pi g DEE 8 Alt TIg tness TOS bas 9 PNE mr 10 NFT 11 10 Remedies to be taken in case of a Refrigerant Leak 11 11 Characteristics of the Conventional and the New Refrigerants 12 12 Notes on Refrigerating Machine Oil 13 HWE08110 az GB I Read Before Servicing 1 Read Before Servicing 1 Check the type of refrigerant used in the system to be serviced Refrigerant Type Mitsubishi Electric Air conditioner CITY MULTI ZUBADAN Series R410A Check the symptoms exhibited by the unit to be serviced Refer to this service handbook for symptoms relating t
6. c z 5 sssssss szssgs3 3 0 70 sssssssz O INN ff INNER O gt 121 y yO tores es MOM 280 LOLLLOLLLL 151 LOLLLOLLLO OG2 LOLLLOLLOL 672 LOLLLOLLOO 972 LOLLLOLOLL LVL LOLLLOLOLO 972 LOLLLOLOOL Gv LOLLLOLOOO PPL LOLLLOOLLL vl ff oo ll LL uo ool sem m m sm m em a m _ eege Lieu q wl ON Lx m Ae dsiq LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq CPL Lvl 249 HWE08110 peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ ay JO uonipuoo v g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx ft hoo ss LL LL ho SM PP homo to ft ho es LL LL hoo ze LL LL ESOO PP 000000 o PP 000000 x O ETT Hon sz x A T h s 6660600065 p Hoo M 82 uogejedO OZOI LL0000LLLL uoneJedo 6LOI LLOOOOLLLO 281 uoneJedo gL91 1100001101 L82 uoneJedo ZLOI 1100001100 082 uoneJedo 9191 LLOOOOLOLL 644 uonejedo GLOI LL0000L0L0 822 uogejedO FLO 1100001001 222 AG v000 Sune H 6000 BullooO 2000 uonenueN 1000 4019 0000 uoneJedo CLO OOOO L000 922 uogejedO ZLOI 1100000111 9 uones do LLOI LLOOOOOLLO vil uones do 0121 1100000101 44 epou uoneJedo 691 1100000100 211 epou 821 1100000011 LLL uoneJedo 221 1100000010 012 uoneJedo 921 1100000001 eau SXJeuJ9 a w
7. edid seg cL eJnjeJeduue edid sec pL edid seg cL edid sec 2121 oJnjeJeduJe edid seg 9 eJnjeJeduue edid seg 01 21 3 njeJadua edid seg 621 3 njeJadua edid sec g21 eJnjeJeduue edid seo 221 oJnjeJeduJe edid sec 921 eunjeJeduue edid seo go oJnjeJeduJe edid seg yol edid seo cc eunjeJeduue edid sec 221 edid seg O om METER von me von ors mmm ees voan ees G V00001 1001 Le 100001 1000 DES LOOOOLOLLL GEG LOOOOLOLLO vec LOOOOLOLOL ced 1000010100 69 LOO00LOOLL LEG LO000LOOLO OEG V0000 0001 629 1000010000 829 LOOOOOLLLL 128 LOOOOOLLLO 929 100000 LOL GCS 1000001100 ES LO0000 LOL zs 06829GHETL ON LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 239 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si uiejs s JUEJS UJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo AY g penpinipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO yy JO uonipuoo V Lx LOOOLLLLOO sss w Lous JL mum JL mum Luz mamm p00 F004 Laun Lues Laus JL mum E OOO NENNEN LAG LOG 1000110000 MOTTA 1000101110 MOTTA 1000101100 _ MOTTA 1000101010 _ 1000101001 1000101000 vm iss l 11 1000100110 o so oo sem m sm m em zn im gt MA ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq C 0 6 8 Z 9
8. EO Ki A Al 2 ii SERI EET R725 I a72218 CAUTION FOR HIGH VOLTAGE LEV driving output A I Oo CH EB 1105 e o 2 10 PC704 543 LEDI oe NI LED1 E ES g JB E E 20 E 22 e SN o 5 m SWU1 2 Q EIN Address switch e m co MF 2 SW1 5 P BUS Dip switch 0 gio d E D 0 x e III n C lo 8 he O 50500 Ep Dig GE a 22 a C nesi Gaasch B o l 3 R226 hiz rei C526 S MS E y kaf ana m NE 48 Sensor A ER EE gs input F 3 3 Ap Lu o C428 R10 m Ors L D o llo Rew R109 m et Z yas nung m 8084 D m R107 a 26 a LET 2 BIS C640 Em mj m ml Su ru C307 C313 039 IT G ER 5 Q ox LE R303 ROSN ay Fm OG S 7 qi t Y el asa LEI SE 2339 052 C026 paado DA308 E H et 004 2 lo HEC NN C IE s ET o 2395 ANAL cas cat2 C311D S3 9333 ces o muz D L E 558 4 pg R346 3 o E Se IC300 20 EET o 622 2
9. i A E d i i M NET board i 1 i i 1 i i lt Detection circuit for To i i fhe power supply to i i i the transmission line ive circuii Terminal block for i nee oralt OC oe i transmission line CN40 ii i Fu for centralized control i L q 30V i i 10017 i 30 V Powersupply i TB3 K Indoor outdoor i j Relay i transmission block i DC 24 30 V EEE EE M NET l R EE EE EE EEE EEE EEE EEE ERE EEE ERE EEE ERE EEE ERE EEE ERE EEE ERE ERE EEE EEE D mi transmission line Non polar 2 wire EE d TB2 8 a AC Power source 4 A block for power source 1 I TB15 i 7 Terminal block Indoor unit for MA remote I I To next unit TBS controller Indoor unit es 5 E Terminal block for transmission line connection DC 17 30 V I I I l l I I l l l DA AI I 0 A B I 5 7 Se 8 17 30 MEremote SE controller 5 5 lt I I l mum nu s wasa Su wara s GQ w su mmm s www Des A B T DC 9 12V MAremote controller DEMNM remote controllers and ME remote controllers cannot be used together Both the ME and MA remote controller can be connected to a system with a system controller HWE08110 202 IX Troubleshooting 2 Troubleshooting transmission power
10. 2 Check method and remedy VVithout using MELANS NO Are all the units in the system experiencing the same problem Check the address of the ME remote controller on which HO is displayed Check the address of the outdoor unit Awrong address is set to the ME remote controller Indoor unit 100 Awrong address is set to the outdoor unit YES Check the address of the indoor unit to be coupled ME remote controller 100 YES Measure voltages of the terminal block for M NET transmission line on the indoor unit Wrong wiring of the M NET transmission va gt line of the indoor unit YES Check connection between indoor M NET transmission terminal block TB5 and the male connector CN2M NO Indoor unit board or remote controller failure Check the centralized centralized switch SW2 1 on the outdoor unit ON Wrong switch setting Change it from ON to OFF Awrong address is set to the indoor unit Indoor unit control board failure Disconnected connector CN2M Correct the error 1 When the indoor unit address is set to 1 50 the address will be forcibly set to 100 HWE08110 24775 GB IX Troubleshooting In case of ME remote controller 4 Phenomena 88 appears on the remote controller when the address is registered or confirmed 1 Cause check method and remedy An error occurs when the address
11. If an error is found check the check code definition and correct the error If no error is found check the cause 2 Check 2 4 on the left Check 1 4 on the left GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 3 System connected to the system controllers MELANS Error source address System controller SC HWE08110 Error display ME remote controller RC MA remote controller MA Detection method No acknowl edgement ACK at IC transmission to SC Error display on some displays on ME remote controllers Faulty wiring of the transmission line for ME remote controller Disconnection or contact failure of the transmission connector for ME remote controller ME remote controller failure Error occurrence on all IC in the system with one outdoor unit An error is found by the outdoor unit Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 7102 Address setting erro
12. Indoor unit 325 325 406 406 Pulse d Outdoor unit ing LEV2 Pressure High pressure after O S low pres MPa 2 81 0 66 408 96 2 87 0 67 416 97 sure before 7 1 psi Discharge TH4 84 183 84 183 Heat exchanger outlet TH3 2 28 3 26 C PF LEV open SC LEV1 1400 1400 Outdoor unit Temp of each sec Accumulator outlet tion Compressor inlet Compressor shell bottom Indoor LEV inlet unit Heat exchanger outlet HWE08110 110 GB VIII Test Run Mode 2 2 unit combination 1 Cooling operation Outdoor unit model Operation PUHY HP400YSHM A PUHY HP200YHM A PUHY HP200YHM A Total pipe length Fan speed bz kg Amount of refrigerant Ilbs oz 25 5 156 3 16 Electric current 21 9 Outdoor V unit oltage 380 Compressor frequency 50 Indoor unit LEV open SC LEV1 Puis 55 Ing LEV2 LEVA 45 147 5 8 Ambient 26 7 C 19 4 C 80 F 67 F tempera DB WB No of connected units 4 Indoor SR Unit unit No of units in operation 4 Model 100 100 100 100 Operating ra a Piping Branch pipe m ft 10 32 3 4 50 325 325 325 325 55 1400 sire asco HWE08110 111 UJ VIII Test Run Mode Outdoor unit model Operation PUHY HP500YSHM A PUHY HP250YHM A PUHY HP250YHM A Total pipe length 45 147 5 8 Ambient 26 7 C 19 4 C 80 F 67 F tempera DB WB No of connected units
13. Bunesedo amoo 9 90000110 EI Ou z Do o yun zH S0 90 ejep Ionuo2 EMEN 6666 01 0000 s r v nb i jezo 0100000001 192 x 9 0400000000 952 xv v S639 NE olswneu v v ween NN es8 06860 ember OHHOL es olewneu s wept NN ANNA x Pe 88900 R ono is i 89900 232 ono og x 8 8 J 8900 DX onn erz x p Oh siz ll p huu ze ll ort siz ll uo Lem l nh6 otu riz o O Loun erz nas seen Ri DEN ON ejdsig SyJEWISY LMS JOJSIY 10 113 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ ay JO uonipuoo v g Apjjenpiaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO OO Jeuye JO uonipuoo aul V Lx x O AE ens 62 ll p tl o O SHBIP p Jamo7 V V 6666 01 0000 0010006 692 sybip y s ddi Hu Tsinun v Y y 6666 01 0000 eum uoneredo amoo 0400400000 882 Eoo oo een 282 oo p uo 9 uo s LL LL mo 82 mn e San v v oo ena atic MR zez Dion emee 082 ft iu e i 2 x O ESA o oo oL eei ez uedo na V V 7 9 09 OLOOOLOOLL GLT Buiuedo Aq 11un 4100PINO CA41 087 uado And bulu do A37 un Joopino Y Y 087 010 LA 0100010010 2 x O TO o o O AA o O een iz Ouo oz x r eS 6
14. HWE08110 235 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSB6UJSJ ay JO uonipuoo v g Ajjenpiaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx LL ON TONES x O NN TOA x E O INEA x oo O NN TEA x E O NN ONO x oo O NOS x o O NN ll NENA 6 666 O 6 66 edid pinbr 0221 O ororo 24 6 666 O 6 66 edid pinbi7 6191 ououum 92 6 666 O 6 66 edid pinbr1 g OI oorok ae 6 666 01 6 66 edid pinbr1 2121 OLLLOLLOLO pep 6 666 01 6 66 edid pinbr 91 91 ouogn os 6 666 01 6 66 edid pinbr LOI OLLLOLOLLL LZY 6 666 6 66 edid pinbr 6101 OLLLOLOLLO 02v 6666 O 6 66 enjejeduje edid pinbr ZLOI OLLLOLOLOL 697 6 666 O 6 66 edid pinbi LLOI OLLLOLOLOO 897 6 666 O 6 66 enjejeduje edid pinbr OLOI OLLLOLOOLL Lov 6 666 01 6 66 edid pinbr 691 OLLLOLOOLO 997 6 666 O 6 66 emejeduje edid pinbr g l OLLLOLOOOL GOV 6 666 01 6 66 eunje1eduje edid pinbr7 721 OLLLOLOOOO vor 6666 01 6 66 enje1edujej edid pinbi 991 OLLLOOLLLL e9p 6 666 O 6 66 ainyesodwia edid pinbr1 401 OLLLOOLLLO c9v 6666 01 6 66 enje1edujej edid pinbi7 YOI OLLLOOLLOL Lot 6 666 O 6 66 enyejedujej edid pinbr1 601 OLLLOOLLOO 097 6 666 O 6 66
15. Permite operation Permite Maximum total capacity of indoor units Note 1 60 Note 1 If an attempt is made to put into operation a group of indoor units whose total capacity exceeds the maximum allowable capacity some of the indoor units will go into the same condition as Thermo OFF 3 Ending the emergency operation When communication is restored the emergency mode is cancelled and the units go into the normal operation mode HWE08110 92 GB VII Control 13 Operation Mode 1 Indoor unit operation mode The operation mode can be selected from the following 5 modes using the remote controller Cooling mode Heating mode Stopping mode 2 Outdoor unit operation mode Cooling mode All indoor units in operation are in cooling mode Heating mode All indoor units in operation are in heating mode Stopping mode All indoor units are in fan mode or stopping mode Note When the outdoor unit is performing a cooling operation the operation mode of the connected indoor units that are not in the cooling mode Stopped Fan Thermo OFF cannot be changed to heating from the remote controller If this attempt is mode Heating will flash on the remote controller The opposite is true when the outdoor unit is performing a heating operation The first selection has the priority 14 DEMAND Control Cooling heating operation can be prohibited Thermo OFF by an external input to the indoor units Note
16. Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the unit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage between FT P and FT N on INV Board has dropped to DC20V or less Judgment method IGBT module See Troubleshooting for IGBT Module IX 4 6 6 page 200 Rush current pro Measure the resistance between terminals R1 and R5 22 ohm 10 tection resistor R1 R5 Electromagnetic Note ee This electromagnetic relay is rated at DC12V and is driven by a coil Check the resistance between terminals Upper Check point Checking criteria W Not to be short circuited Coil Between Terminals 5 and 6 Center value 75 ohm Contact Between Terminals 3 and 4 oo 4 Installation nx direction S Betvveen Terminals 1 and 2 co 5 DC reactor DCL 1 Measure the resistance betvveen terminals 1ohm or lovver almost 0 ohm Measure the resistance betvveen terminals and the chassis co 6 Troubleshooting for IGBT Module 2 Measure the resistances between each pair of terminals on the IGBT with a tester and use the results for troubleshooting The terminals on the INV board are used for the measurement Notes on measurement Check the polarity before measuring On the tester black normally indicates plus Check that the resistance is not open ohm or not shorted to 0 ohm
17. Control Box N AxTE En Heat exchanger Front panel Fin guard HWE08110 45 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 2 Refrigerant circuit High pressure sensor 63HS1 High pressure switch 63H1 4 way valve 2154b High pressure check joint CJ1 4 way valve 21S4a Compressor cover Solenoid valve SV2 t Ad p Es a e SV1a Intermediate pressure sensor ba NL 63 TT Olenold Valve HS2 Low pressure check joint SV9 CJ2 Linear Expansion Valve LEV1 Linear Expansion Valve LEV2a 2b Solenoid valve SV5b Compressor Liquid side valve BV2 Solenoid valve SV6 Oil separator Capillary tube CP1 Linear Expansion Valve Gas side valve BV1 LEV4 Low pressure sensor 63LS Accumulator Subcool coil lt Viewed from rear gt HWE08110 46 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 2 Control Box of the Outdoor Unit HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING Control box houses high voltage parts e When opening or closing the front panel of the control box do not let it come into contact with any of the internal components Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the unit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage between FT P and FT N on INV Board has dropped to DC20V or less It takes about 10 minutes to discharge electricity after the power supply is turned off Capacitor C100 Ru
18. Detection method No acknowl edgement ACK at IC transmission to RC No acknowl edgement ACK at MELANS transmission to RC Same as grouping of units in a sys tem with multiple outdoor units Error occurrence on some IC Same cause as that for system with one outdoor unit Error occurrence on all IC in the system with one outdoor unit An error is found by the outdoor unit Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 7102 Address setting error 7105 Disconnection or short circuit ofthe transmission line for the outdoor unit on the terminal block for cen tralized control line connection TB7 Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit Malfunction of electrical system for the outdoor unit Error occurrence on all IC Same causes as 1 4 described In 2 When the power supply unit for transmission lines is used and the male power supply connector is connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for central ized control Disconnection or shutdown of the power source of the power supply unit for transmission line System controller MELANS mal function 155 Check method and remedy Same remedy as that for grouping of units ina system with multiple outdoor units Same remedy as that for system with one outdoor unit Check the LED display for troubleshooting on the out door unit
19. Gauge Manifold Evacuation and refrigerant charging Higher than 5 09MPa 738psi on the high pressure side Charging Hose Evacuation and refrigerant charging The hose diameter is larger than the conventional model Refrigerant Recovery Cylinder Refrigerant recovery Refrigerant Cylinder Refrigerant charging The refrigerant type is indicated The cylinder is pink Charging Port on the Refrigerant Cylinder Refrigerant charging The charge port diameter is larger than that of the current port Flare Nut Connection of the unit with the pipes Use Type 2 Flare nuts 2 Tools and materials that may be used with R410A with some restrictions Gas Leak Detector Gas leak detection The ones for use with HFC refrigerant may be used Vacuum Pump Vacuum drying May be used if a check valve adapter is attached Flare Tool Flare processing Flare processing dimensions for the piping in the system using the new re frigerant differ from those of R22 Re fer to next page Refrigerant Recovery Equipment Refrigerant recovery May be used if compatible with R410A 3 Tools and materials that are used with R22 or R407C that may also be used with R410A Vacuum Pump with a Check Valve Vacuum drying pe Torque Wrench Tightening flare nuts Only the flare processing dimensions for pipes that have a diameter of 12 70 1 2 and 215 88 5 8 have been changed Pipe Cutter Cutting pipes Welder and Nitrogen Cylinder Welding pipes Refrigerant Charging Meter
20. L2 52 CAUTION FOR TB23 Input output L1 Input output L2 Input output L3 CN5 Output Rectified L2 N current be 19 E 1 Bum 1 E Ge A O 25 10 CN6 YELLOW C9e Cie Tw JP JP C n 1 CH3 GREEN 1 1 L pile CN3 Output CBb Eat E7b ODL1 ON LLI ki O ZE C6 mx n E TB24 Input N GB 1 2 3 4 HWE08110 IV Remote Controller Functions and Specifications of MA and ME Remote Controllers 55 Group Settings and Interlock Settings via the ME Remote Controller 56 Interlock Settings via the MA Remote Controller 60 Using the built in Temperature Sensor on the Remote Controller 61 53 GB 54 IV Remote Controller 1 Functions and Specifications of MA and ME Remote Controllers There are two types of remote controllers ME remote controller which is connected on the indoor outdoor transmission line and MA remote controller which is connected to each indoor unit 1 Comparison of functions and specifications between MA and ME remote controllers Functions specifications MA remote controller 1 ME remote controller Z Remote controller address settings Not required Indoor outdoor unit address set Not required required only by a system Required tings with one outdoor unit 1
21. OOLLOOOLLL EN 10118 dnyoeq PES 6666 01 0000 ejep sej jo eun 1 0011000110 JoyieAul JO JOJSIY 10413 0Z10 1000 1 H AUL JO S Iejep 40413 JO SjIE EP 10113 0011000101 261 Ce or Kors sg 001000100 96 V V 0Z10 1000 1 H AUI JO s e p 10413 1 H AUI JO SjIE EP 10113 0011000011 oe V V 0210 1000 1 H AUI JO s e p 40413 Jeuanul JO SjIE EP 10113 0011000001 ee V V 0Z10 1000 1 H AUI JO s e p 40413 1 H AUI JO SjIE EP 101171 o0r0LLLLEL ber V V 0210 1000 1 H AUIL JO s e p 10413 Jeuanul JO s Ie3ep 10113 mon est 0Z10 1000 1 H AUI JO S Iejep 40413 Jeuanul JO SjIE EP 10113 mount Im 0Z10 1000 1 H AUI JO s e p 40413 Jeuanul JO S lE P 10113 oor0LLLOOL sei SO y uo sjeedde Ol 84 Jo uoneuuojul ea 6666 01 0000 y oe 403 0010111000 ver JOU OO l JO UONEUOJUI jeuiuuioJd YY N OO uo Jesdde Joe JO s eyop 4043 OOLOLLOLLL EN jou s op SO au jo uon BWJOJUI AJeutuJi SJd 0210 1000 JO SilE P 10114 JO SJIEJSP 10 113 OOLOLLOLOL HE e d SIP ay uo sJeedde 6666 0 0000 c JOJSIY 10113 OOLOLLOLOO ow pejoejep ae 1011 ou i 021 0 1000 JO SJIEJSP 1043 JeyeAut JO SIlEy p 4043 OOLOLLOOLL en pajyBluBly so ool em m on sm m em za m gt KIT I IEN ON Lx ejep juan 0ZL0 1000 4 H
22. The male power supply con nector of the outdoor unit is not connected to the female power supply switch connec tor CN40 The male power supply con nectors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the fe male power supply switch connector CN40 for cen tralized control If an error occurs after the unit runs normally once the following causes may be considered Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 7102 Address setting error 7105 151 Check method and remedy Same remedy as that for sys tem with one outdoor unit Turn off the power sources of the outdoor and indoor units for 5 or more minutes and turn them on again If the error is accidental the will run normal ly If not check the cause 2 Check the causes of 1 5 If the cause is found correct it If no cause is found check 3 Check the LED displays for troubleshooting on other re mote controllers whether an error occurs If an error is found gt If an error is found check the check code definition and correct the error If no error is found gt Indoor unit board failure GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30
23. ea DEN ON Asojsiy 10 113 228 SyJEWISY HVVE08110 peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ ay JO uonipuoo u g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul V Lx sod nd uonejo4 6666 01 0000 10j 10SseJdujoo jo eui 0100101100 00 y si jun ay uoneJedo x O AAA x O ANA ll OO 6565655 O AAA SHBIP y JEMOT V V 6666 01 0000 sjue e 0015 OLOOLOOLLL 962 Je1s JO Jequinu JNOO sybip y s ddn au s yun ul V V 6666 01 0000 sjue e dois 0100100110 FOZ dn ueys ye dn juno2 UEIS Jo Jequinu diNO 00 66 oo m m om sm m em a m eege Lieu ON Asojsiy 10 113 syJeuway X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board 229 HVVE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JOU JO uonipuoo aul V Lx Ff row e ANTE ANTE Il Logoen r fos 000041 amp Il ooo 22 ft or 000001 28 fF 090 02 121 eg x RR siz x Locas ze x 5 g nt ag x tiri sie Oo ne Il _ oo oe 1 0000 a 144 oromo ue x 04000000 oie x ono o 12 ENTE x NTE w RR so x oo so x RRR so i E sseippv lt gt 50 00 undres orooro zos BEEN sseippy lt gt 80 00 yun Adds re
24. sm m em a m gt ejdsig WS 000000LOLO m 0000001001 R 0000001000 NN 0000000 H 0000000LLO 0000000LOL G 0000000100 00000000 00000000L0 000000000 0000000000 Pe eo 06829GHET L o LMS ejep juan Aejdsip 10oyuow q31 215 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board UEL ay ui JO p ddo s SI HUN y l uA PIU Duneeu Buunp 17 Buijoo5 Buunp 117 L ulu Bunes Japo Bulpusose ul Jaq unu enuanbas e uanib IIIM yun ue O SOWOD 18 JUN yoey 51 OU usym yo seof due out 5161 dojs euuouqe ue o aueo Jeu fun ay o spuods 31109 Jey due sy 91 ON HUN 8 ON HUN 9L ON HUN 8 ON HUN 5 MO Jeuiuleld GL ON HUN 2 ON HUN GL ON HUN poAeldsip 51 wa s s JUBEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo u g llenpiAipui paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo 9Y OG ON HUN 6L ON HUN HL ON HUN ZL ON HUN PL ON HUN EL ON HUN CL ON HUN LL ON HUN OL ON HUN 6 ON HUN 9 ON HUN G ON HUN r ON HUN ON JUN C ON HUN ON HUN VL ON HUN EL ON JUN CL ON HUN LL ON HUN OL ON HUN 6 ON HUN woog d 1 O woog O d E woog do uoneJedo jun Joopu woog uonog do woog Q O dol woog dol uonog L ON3U g oNNuN S ONHUN H ONNUN E ONNUN 2700 Wun ON HUN do nunsoopuy
25. 20 C 4 F or below 3 Cause check method and remedy Faulty connector CN31 insertion 1 Check for connector connection failure Reinsert the connector restart the operation and check for proper operation Broken or semi broken thermistor wire 2 Check for a broken thermistor wire Thermistor failure 3 Check the resistance of the thermistor 0 C 32 F 6 0k 2 10 C 50 F 3 9k 2 20 C 68 F 2 6kQ 30 C 86 F 1 8K02 40 C 104 F 1 3kQ 4 Indoor unit control board error detection circuit 4 Replace the indoor unit control board if the problem recurs failure when the unit is operated with the No 1 and No 2 pins on the drain sensor connector CN31 being short circuited If the above item checks out OK there are no problems with the drain sensor Turn off the power and turn it back on HWE08110 129 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Water leakage 2 Cause check method and remedy Check that water does not leak from the pipes in such as the humidifier 1 Error Code Water supply cutoff 2 Cause check method and remedy 1 The water tank of the humidifier is empty Check the amount of supply water Check for the solenoid valve and for the connection 5 Frozen vvater tank Turn off the povver source of the vvater tank to defrost and turn it on again HWE08110 130 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Out of range outside air temperature 2 Error definition
26. Assign the smallest ad dress to the main unit in the group Assign sequential numbers starting with the address of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit ad dress 1 main unit ad dress 2 main unit address 3 etc Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of these units after assigning an address to all indoor units Settings to be made ac cording to the remote con troller function selection Assign sequential address to the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units are auto matically designated as OC and OS Note Oj Factory setting To perform a group opera tion of indoor units that have different functions designate the indoor unit in the group with the great est number of functions as the main unit None of these addresses may overlap any of the in door unit addresses To set the address to 100 set the rotary switches to 50 GB II Restrictions 3 Group operation of units in a system with multiple outdoor units 1 Sample control wiring L11 Leave the male N41 CN40 Repl 2 150 Group L31 Leave the male Leave the male connector on CN41 as itis SW2 1 OFF OS OC 2 Cautions ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units Do not connect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor
27. Attribute setting error 2 Error definition and error detection method A remote controller for use with indoor units such as the MA remote controller is HWE08110 connected to the OA processing unit whose attribute is FU 166 To operate the OA processing unit directly via a re mote controller for use with indoor units such as the MA remote controller set the DIP SW 3 1 on the OA processing unit to ON Operation Method SW3 1 Interlocked operation with the indoor unit Direct operation via the ON MA remote controller GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Connection information signal transmission reception error 2 Error definition and error detection method The given indoor unit is inoperable because it is not properly connected to the outdoor unit in the same system 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Power to the transmission booster is cut off Outdoor unit Power resetting of the transmission booster and outdoor unit Wiring failure between OC and OS Broken wire between OC and OS The model selection switch SW5 7 on the outdoor unit is set to OFF Normally set to ON Confirm that the power to the transmission booster is not cut off by the booster being connected to the switch on the indoor unit The unit will not function properly unless the transmission booster is turned on gt Reset the power to the outdoor unit Confirm that the TB3 on the OC and
28. It can be used for an interlock operation with external devices put Error status PAC SC37SA E 1 For detailed drawing refer to Example of wiring connection 2 For details refer to 1 through 4 shown below 3 Low noise mode is valid when Dip SW4 4 on the outdoor unit is set to OFF When DIP SW4 4 is set to ON 4 levels of on DEMAND are possible using different configurations of low noise mode input and DEMAND input settings When 2 or more outdoor units exist in one refrigerant circuit system 8 levels of on DEMAND are possible 4 By setting Dip SW5 5 the Low noise mode can be switched between the Capacity priority mode and the Low noise pri ority mode When SW5 5 is set to ON The Low noise mode always remains effective When SW5 5 is set to OFF The Low noise mode is cancelled when certain outside temperature or pressure criteria are met and the unit goes into normal operation capacity priority mode Low noise mode is effective Capacity priority mode becomes effective TH7 lt 30 C 86 F TH7 gt 3 C 37 F TH7 gt 35 C 95 F TH7 lt 0 C 32 F and and or or 63HS1 lt 32kg cm 63LS gt 4 6kg cm 63HS1 gt 35kg cm 6315 lt 3 9kg cm 5 VVhen multiple outdoor units exist in one refrigerant circuit system settings on every outdoor unit signal input are re quired N CAUTION 1 Wiring should be covered by insulation tube with supplementary insulation 2 Use relays or switches wi
29. Replace the INV board Replace the INV board Normal Reconnect the short circuit con nector to CN6 after checking the voltage a Go over the check items 1 through 3 to find the problem b Check if the high low pressure are in proper balance c Check that no liquid refrigerant is present in the compressor Proceed to d if no improvement is seen after several times of reboot Even if it was recovered after the re boot check the crankcase heater just to make sure there is no prob lem with it After the reboot check if there is suf ficient pressure difference between high and low pressure Check on LED monitor if the high pressure changes If it does not replace the compres sor The compressor may be locked In the case of imbalance replace the INV board Even if there is no imbalance seen check the crankcase heater just to make sure there is no prob lem with it Some liquid refrigerant might have been present in the com pressor when the problem oc curred Replace the fan motor Connect the connector GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Trouble treatment when the main power breaker is tripped Check the breaker capacity Use of a non specified break Replace it with a specified breaker er Perform Meg check between the Zero to several ohm or Meg Check each part and wiring terminals on the power terminal failure Refer to 5 Simple checking Procedures block TB1 f
30. When DIP SW4 4 is set to ON the 4 step DEMAND control is enabled Eight step demand control is possible in the system with two outdoor units Refer to Chapter II 3 2 7 Various types of control using input output signal connector on the outdoor unit various connec tion options for details page 22 HWE08110 93 GB VII Control 3 Operation Flow Chart 1 Mode determination flowchart 1 Indoor unit cooling heating dry fan mode mms Normal operation Error TEE Unit in the stopped state From outdoor unit 1 Protection function self holding cancelled Note 1 2 Indoor unit LEV fully closed 2 emote controller display lit off NO Error mode YES Operation mode Error display Cooling model Heating mode If holding of n no di 57717 Cooling display Heating display Dry display Fan display YES rain pump to outdoor unit Prohibition Prohibition Prohibition Refer to 2 2 Refer to 2 3 Heating operation for dry operation Indoor unit LEV 3 minute NO fully closed drain pump ON Prohibition Refer 2 1 Cooling operation Blinking display on the remote controller Auxiliary heater NO 1 Auxiliary heater OFF FAN stop 2 Low fan speed for 1 minute Fan operations N Operation command to outdoor unit to Note 1 Indoor unit LEV fully closed Opening 41 Note 2 The system may 90 into the error m
31. 3 System connected to the system controllers MELANS Error source Error display address Detection method ME remote No acknowl Same cause as that for system with one controller RC edgement outdoor unit System control ACK at IC ler SC transmis MA remote sion to OC controller MA Indoor ME remote No acknowl Same as grouping of units in a system unit controller RC edgement with multiple outdoor units IC MA remote ACK at RC controller MA transmis sion to IC System control No acknowl 1 Error occurrence on some IC ler SC edgement l ACK at SC Same cause as that for system with one transmis outdoor unit sion to IC Error occurrence on all IC in the system with one outdoor unit Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 7102 Address setting error 7105 Disconnection or short circuit of the trans mission line for the outdoor unit on the ter minal block for centralized control line connection TB7 Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit Malfunction of electrical system for the outdoor unit Error occurrence on all IC Same causes as 1 7 described in 2 The male power supply connectors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for cen tralized control Disconnection or shutdown of the power source of the power supply uni
32. 4 page 198 3 Compressor failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 2 page 197 Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 HWE08110 145 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Loose float switch connector 2 Error definition and error detection method Detection of the disconnected float switch open phase condition during operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 CN4F disconnection or contact failure Check for disconnection of the connector CN4F on the indoor unit control board 1 Error Code Remote controller board fault nonvolatile memory error 2 Error definition and error detection method This error is detected when the data cannot be read out from the built in nonvolatile memory on the remote controller 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Remote controller failure Replace the remote controller 1 Error Code Remote controller board fault clock IC error 2 Error definition and error detection method This error is detected when the built in clock on the remote controller is not properly functioning 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Remote controller failure Replace the remote controller HWE08110 146 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Address overlap 2 Error definition and error detection method An error in which signals from more than one indoor units with
33. 5 3kohm Continuity between white red and or ange Continuity between yellow brown and blue White im e Yellow Brown Blue Resistance check 30 C 86 F 4 3kohm TH3 LEV control during cooling op 40 C 104 F 3 1kohm Gas pipe eration Superheat detection temperature TH4 Indoor unit control Thermo Outdoor air temperature Temperature Indoor unit control Thermo sensor In door air tem perature HWE08110 F GB VII Control 1 Functions and Factory Settings of the Dipsvvitches 2 Controlling the Outdoor D a EE 3 Operation Flow Chart HWE08110 75 GB 76 VII Control 1 Functions and Factory Settings of the Dipswitches 1 Outdoor unit 1 Control board Units that re Function according to switch setting Switch setting timing 1777 Svvitch Function setting Note 2 EE ee KN Unit address setting Set to 00 or 51 100 with the dial switch to 00 or 51 100 with the dial switch SW1 1 10 For self diagnosis op to the LED monitor display on the Anytime after power on eration monitoring outdoor unit board contio Without connec With connection to l tion to the central the centralized Before power on switch ized controller controller Deletion of connec Normal control Deletion Before power on tion information OC Storage of IC OC Deletion of OC error hi
34. 5102 1217 5103 1205 5104 1202 5106 1216 5107 1221 5110 1214 detail code Indoor unit pipe tempera ture TH22 Temperature sensor OA processing unit pipe fault temperature TH2 HIC bypass circuit outlet temperature TH2 of olem 7 fe sm Indoor unit gas side pipe temperature TH23 OA processing unit gas side pipe temperature TH3 Temperature sensor fault Pipe temperature at heatexchanger outlet TH3 OA processing unit intake air temperature TH1 Temperature sensor Outside temperature Detectable only by the All fault TH24 Fresh type in door units Outdoor unit discharge temperature TH4 Temperature sensor HIC circuit outlet tempera fault ture TH6 EES Sensor Outside temperature TH7 o Temperature sensor Heatsink temperature fault THHS 5201 115 sor aaoo LHH ACCT sensor cirouit at Jo 1 L 119 Open circuited IPM Loose ACCT connector KA 158 Ka AAA VON A AAA Remote controller board fault nonvolatile memory error Remote controller board fault clock IC error P T sor Poi seting eror HWE08110 118 GB IX Troubleshooting Searched unit Error prelim inary Error code definition detail code Prelimi nary error code MA controller signal reception error No signal re ception MA remote controller signal transmission error Synchronization error l
35. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AIR CONDITIONERS R410A Models PUHY HP200 HP250YHM A PUHY HP400 HP500YSHM A x O O O o C o SS o 9 C d Y CITY MULTI Safety Precautions Before installing the unit thoroughly read the following safety precautions Observe these safety precautions for your safety N WARNING This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence of important instructions that must be followed to avoid the risk of serious injury or death N CAUTION This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence of important instructions that must be followed to avoid the risk of serious injury or damage to the unit After reading this manual give it to the user to retain for future reference Keep this manual for easy reference When the unit is moved or repaired give this manual to those who provide these services When the user changes make sure that the new user receives this manual N WARNING Ask your dealer or a qualified technician to install the In the event of a refrigerant leak thoroughly ventilate unit the room Improper installation by the user may result in water leak If refrigerant gas leaks and comes in contact with an open age electric shock smoke and or fire flame poisonous gases will be produced Properly install the unit on a surface that can with When installing the All Fresh type units take it into stand the weight of the unit consideration that the outside a
36. Same as 5 4 GB II Restrictions 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 1 Shielded cable connection Same as 5 1 Transmission line for centralized control Same as 5 4 Shielded cable connection Same as 5 4 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem 5 Address setting method Proce dures LOSSNAY 4 Outdoor unit Unit or controller Opera In Main unit tion door withthe unit MA re mote control ler Main re mote con troller Sub remote controller Main re mote con troller Sub remote controller MA re mote con troller Opera tion with the ME re mote control ler ME re mote con troller Note Same as 5 1 Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 ME remote controller wiring Same as 6 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Same as 6 Group operation of indoor units Same as 6 LOSSNAY connection Same as 5 4 Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Address setting Factory Notes Setting method setting range to 50 No settings required Assign an address smaller than that of the indoor unit that is connected to the ME re mote controller Make the same indoor unit group initial settings with the system controller as the ones that
37. TIMER SET A or V to set the temperature range Settable range for the lower limit temperature 17 C lt gt 28 C 63 F lt gt 83F Settable up to the upper limit temperature that is shown on the display Settable range for the upper limit temperature 28 C lt gt 17 C 83 F lt gt 63 F Settable up to the lower limit temperature that is shown on the display 3 Temperature range setting for the automatic mode When connected to the air conditioning units that do not support the automatic operation mode the setting for this mode is invalid JG and the temperature range for the automatic operation mode appear on the display As with the Cool Dry mode use the CLOCK ON OFF button and the TIMER SET A or V to set the temperature range Settable range for the lower limit temperature 19 C lt gt 28 C 17 C lt gt 28 C 67 F lt gt 83 F 63F lt gt 83F Settable up to the upper limit temperature that is shown on the display Settable range for the upper limit temperature 28 C lt gt 19 C 28 C lt gt 17 C 83 F lt gt 67 F 83F lt gt 63 F Settable up to the lower limit temperature that is shown on the display The values in the parentheses are applicable to PDFY PEFY and PFFY E Room temperature display selection mode Switching between the display or non display of room temperature on the controller 88 C blinks and either ON or OFF lights up
38. Wiring method Non polarized 2 core cable Non polarized 2 core cable To perform a group operation daisy chain the indoor units using non polar ized 2 core cables Remote controller connection Connectable to any indoor unit in the Connectable anywhere on the indoor out group door transmission line Interlock with the ventilation unit Each indoor unit can individually be in Each indoor unit can individually be inter terlocked with a ventilation unit Set up locked with a ventilation unit Set up via via remote controller in the group remote controller Changes to be made upon group MA remote controller wiring between in Either the indoor unit address and remote ing change door units requires rewiring controller address must both be changed or the registration information must be changed via MELANS 1 MA remote controller refers to MA remote controller PAR 20MAA PAR 21MAA MA simple remote controller and wire less remote controller 2 Either the MA remote controller or the ME remote controller can be connected when a group operation of units in a sys tem with multiple outdoor units is conducted or when a system controller is connected 3 ME remote controller refers to ME remote controller and ME simple remote controller 4 Depending on the system configuration some systems with one outdoor unit may require address settings 2 Remote controller selection criteria MA remote controller and ME remot
39. ejdsig LMS ejep sad 19410 LOG Z G r C D 8 1 9 G V C 0 6 8 so oo 06 06 06 06 06 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 88 88 88 ON SYJEUISX HWE08110 255 Service Handbook PUHY HP200 HP250YHM A PUHY HP400 HP500YSHM A ata MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION Issued in Jan 2009 HWE08110 New publication effective Jan 2009 Printed in Japan Specifications subject to change without notice
40. seem smaller than it is and the LEV opening de creases too much RPM error of the outdoor unit FAN Refer to the page on outdoor unit fan 4 4 page 190 Motor failure or board failure or airflow rate de crease pressure drop due to clogging of the heat exchanger leading to high discharge temperature The fan is not properly controlled as the tempera ture cannot be precisely detected with the piping sensor Confirm that the characteristic of capacity drop due to piping length Long piping length Excessively long piping on the high pressure side causes pressure loss leading to increase in the high pressure gt Change the pipe T Piping size is not proper thin Clogging by foreign object Check the temperature difference between the up stream and the downstream of the pipe section that is blocked Since blockage in the extended section is difficult to locate operate the unit in the cooling cycle and follow the same procedures that are used to locate the blockage of pipe during cooling operation gt Remove the blockage in the pipe The indoor unit inlet temperature is excessively Check the inlet air temperature and for short cy high exceeding 28 C 82 F cling Change the environment where the indoor unit is used 10 Insufficient refrigerant amount Refer to 2 1 Compressor frequency does not rise Protection works and compressor frequency does sufficiently page 181 not rise due t
41. ter is also discharged from the outdoor unit Install a central Do not install the unit where a large amount of oil or steam ized drainage system if necessary is present or where acidic or alkaline solutions or chemical sprays are used frequently Doing so may lead to a re markable drop in performance electric shock malfunc tions smoke and or fire The presence of organic solvents or corrosive gas i e ammonia sulfur compounds and acid may cause gas leakage or water leakage HWE08110 GB Before installing the unit moving and reinstalling the unit and performing electrical work N CAUTION Properly ground the unit Periodically check the installation base for damage Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe water pipe If the unit is left on a damaged platform it may fall and lightning rod or grounding wire from a telephone pole Im proper grounding may result in electric shock smoke fire and or malfunction due to noise interference Properly install the drain pipes according to the in structions in the installation manual Keep them insu Do not put tension on the power supply wires lated to avoid dew condensation If tension is put on the wires they may break and result in Improper plumbing work may result in water leakage and excessive heat smoke and or fire damage to the furnishings Install an earth leakage breaker to avoid the risk of Exercise caution when transporting products
42. 1 Faulty wiring Check the following wiring connections 1 Between Control board and Fan board Control board FAN board CN4 OMG ONS 2 Between Fan board and INV board FAN board INV board CN22 CN2 CN5V CN4 2 INV board failure Fan board failure and Control board failure Replace the INV board or the Fan board or control board when the power turns on automatically even if the power source is reset Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 HWE08110 120 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Discharge temperature fault 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 Ifthe discharge temperature of 120 C 248 F or more is detected during the above operation the first detection the outdoor unit stops once turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts after 3 minutes automatically 2 Ifthe discharge temperature of 120 C 248 F or more is detected again the second detection within 30 minutes after the second stop of the outdoor unit described above the mode will be changed to 3 minute restart mode then the outdoor unit will restart in 3 minutes 3 Ifthe discharge temperature of 120 C 248 F or more is detected the third detection within 30 minutes after the stop of the outdoor unit described above regardless of the first or the second stop the outdoor unit will make an
43. 100 must be added to the address of the indoor unit Faulty wiring of the terminal block for transmission line TB5 of the indoor unit in the same group with the remote controller The centralized control switch SW2 1 on the outdoor unit is set to ON Disconnection or faulty wiring of indoor unit transmission line Disconnection between the terminal block for M NET line connection TB5 of the indoor unit and the male connector CN2M The male power supply connectors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for centralized control 8 Outdoor unit control board failure 9 Outdoor unit control board failure 10 Remote controller failure Interlocking control with MELANS 1 No group registration is made using MELANS The indoor unit and the ME remote controller are not grouped 2 Disconnected transmission line for centralized control TB7 of the outdoor unit 3 The male power supply connector is connected to CN40 on more than one outdoor unit or the connector is connected to CN40 on the outdoor unit in the system to which a power supply unit for transmission line is connected Using MELANS 1 When MELANS is used HO display on the remote controller will disappear when the indoor unit and the local remote con troller ME remote controller are grouped If HO does not disappear after the registration check the causes 2 1 3 NO O1 Y
44. 5 4 Shielded cable connection 5 Switch setting Same as 5 4 Address setting is required as follows 3 ME remote controller wiring ME remote controller is connectable anywhere on the in door outdoor transmission line 5 Address setting method Proce l Address setting Factory Unit or controller range Setting method 1 Indoor Main unit 01 to 50 Assign the smallest ad To perform a group unit dress to the main unitin operation of indoor the group units that have differ ent functions desig Sub unit Assign sequential num nate the indoor unit in bers starting with the ad the group with the dress of the main unit in greatest number of the same group 1 functions as the main Main unit address 1 unit main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc ME re Main mote remote controller controller Sub 101 to 150 Add 100 to the main unit Itis not necessary to address in the group set the 100s digit To set the address I to 200 set the rota 151 to 200 Add 150 to the main unit ry switches to 00 remote address in the group controller Outdoor unit OC 5110 100 Assign sequential ad To set the address to OS dress to the outdoor 100 set the rotary units in the same refrig switches to 50 erant circuit The out door units are automatically designat ed as OC and OS Note Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS
45. 63HS1 Intermediate pressure sensor 63HS2 123456 7 8 910 12345078910 ON ON 1 While the sensor is stopped compare the gauge pressure and the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 1 When the gauge pressure is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi internal pressure is caused due to gas leak 2 When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi the connector may be defective or be disconnected Check the connector and go to 4 3 When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 4 15MPa 601psi go to 3 4 If other than 1 2 or 3 compare the pressures while the sensor is running Go to 2 2 Compare the gauge pressure and the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 while the sensor is running Com pare them by MPa psi unit 1 When the difference between both pressures is within 0 098MPa 14psi both the high pressure sensor and the control board are normal 2 When the difference between both pressures exceeds 0 098MPa 14psi the high pressure sensor has a problem perfor mance deterioration 3 When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 does not change the high pressure sensor has a problem 3 Remove the high pressure sensor the intermediate pressure sensor from the control board to check the pressure on the self diagnosis LED1 1 When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi the high pressure sensor has a proble
46. AUI JO S Ie3ep 40413 syJeuway X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board syJeuway nm peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul V Lx 0o og ooo v PP sees m BOUD ooLLOLOLOL 602 SHUN JOOPUI 6AS y o J3MOd ejdsipind HUA Y dol no Aejay SunyBr 9AS qSAS qrs z m 2 8 Keydsipind 0011010100 212 x ws j ss me ewe dor no tog uoneJe Bunybrq 20 oZ do ul duo Ae dsip indino Aejay 00LLOLOOLL LL JoJjuoo dos peinpeuog Jeuuouqv l3A0991 ueia pnoy OOLLOLOOOL DUC 330 ouay dois 9pouJ 0011010000 802 YUN onone 208 immun 902 dois giqissiuueg uonesado yun scoping HUE O0LLOL 902 SOHO roe Hoo 80 90 uoNeoYNUEeP SO 2O 0011001010 zoz eJnjieJ 1 al uoneJedo ui pow yes m ad 4 Aseulwijeaig sosseidwoy sejnuiw ge 0011001001 LOG sejnuluJ e uoneJedo yun o sm zm en sm va em zm m 0682996 uel ON Asojsiy 10413 19A099J o Aouenb MO 5 MO Meulwljald ejdsig 225 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo
47. Between the INV board and the Fan board 4 Check contents 4220 Replace the Fan board if no problems are found Check the voltage at CNVDC on the Fan board while the inverter is stopped and if it is less than 420 V check the following items 1 Check the state of the wiring connections between the INV board and the Fan board 2 Check contents 4220 Replace the Fan board if no problems are found 3 Control board failure Confirm that DC12V is applied to the connector CN72 on the control board while the inverter is operating If not replace the control board Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 HWE08110 135 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Abnormal bus voltage rise Detail code 109 2 Error definition and error detection method If Vdc gt 830V is detected during inverter operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Different voltage connection Check the power supply voltage on the power supply terminal block TB1 2 INV board failure If the problem recurs replace the INV board In the case of 4220 INV board In the case of 4225 Fan board Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 1 Error Code Logic error Detail code 111 2 Error definition and error detection method H W error I
48. CNOZIRDI CN102 TE z3 1L OUT 3 C232 C233 C231 C009 AC250V 3 15A T KE76B122603 PS MNET BOA MITSUBISHI MADE IN JAPAN O II mn 66L95 762 01 TTS OT OTT AS INDOOR OUTDOOR N 1571 25 12 PCO8cosaLm SEH RO59 u 20011 lt o i F o CNIT Input 12VDC 2 GND Input 5VDC 4 Power supply detection output 5 Power supply ON OFF signal input CNITIRD NS24 52 252 LED1 Power supply for RD ER indoor 9 transmission line n Sch N M Je IN DA03 C DOG G TP1 2 i i Ground terminal for TB7 x Grounding Grounding transmission line Terminal block for for TB3 transmission line for E oorrout T Indoor outdoor centralized control ransmission line transmission block HWE08110 49 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 3 INV board SC P1 CN6 Rectifier diode output P Open No load operation setting cy5y RSH1 Lit Inverter in normal operation Output 5VDC resistor Blink Inverter error SC P2 Bus voltage Input P CN4 DGND INV Board O Serial communication signal output Bus voltage check terminal P Note N IGBT a Rear c30 CN2 CD Serial communication signal output 5 GND EIN BE o o o CN1 y a Input 17VD Bus voltage output d 3 Inpu C ON S oF Bi ul CNTYP Inverter P
49. Detail code 15 2 Loose connectors short circuit con 1 Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for tact failure proper connection Detail code 14 1 Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Detail code 12 1 Check the connector CNTYP2 on the control board for proper connection 2 Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Detail code 16 Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Check the wiring between the control board and INV board Refer to the section on Error code 0403 Detail code 00 01 05 Check the wiring between the control board and INV board Refer to the section on Error code 0403 Check the settings of SW5 1 through SW5 4 on the control board Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Detail code Miscellaneous If a set model name identification error occurs check the detail code on the unit on which the error occurred The detail code that appears on other units will be dif ferent from the ones shown above HWE08110 169 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Incompatible unit combination 2 Error definition and error detection method The check code will appear when the indoor units w
50. G B 50A set SW1 9 and SW1 10 to ON With these settings made the power start stop function becomes disabled To use the auto recovery function after power failure while these settings are made set SW1 5 to ON HWE08110 21 GB II Restrictions 6 Miscellaneous settings Cooling only setting for the indoor unit Cooling only model Factory setting SW3 1 OFF When using indoor unit as a cooling only unit set SW3 1 to ON 7 Various types of control using input output signal connector on the outdoor unit various connection options Terminal Type Usage Function to be used Input Prohibiting cooling heating operation thermo OFF by an external DEMAND level Adapter for input to the outdoor unit external input It can be used as the DEMAND control device for each system PAC SC36NA E Performs a low level noise operation of the outdoor unit by an ex Lovv noise mode ternal input to the outdoor unit level It can be used as the silent operation device for each refrigerant system Forces the outdoor unit to perform a fan operation by receiving sig Snow sensor signal CN3S nals from the snow sensor input level Cooling heating operation can be changed by an external input to Auto changeover CN3N the outdoor unit How to extract signals from the outdoor unit Operation status of CN51 Adapter for It can be used as an operation status display device the compressor external out
51. LOLOLLLLOO 002 LOLOLLLOLL 246 LOLOLLLOLO 869 LOLOLLLOOL 269 LOLOLLLOOO LOLOLLOLLL 969 LOLOLLOLLO veo LOLOLLOLOL EN LOLOLLOOLL Pr LOLOLLO000 eso K O68LISVETCL ON LMS ejep Bunes HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ ay JO uonipuoo v g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx PP aR PP uo z Z UOnoejep 10119 JO SUI LOLOLLLLELL rm e dsip ejeuJaj e T Z 340 ojep pue yjuou pue Jes A eq dnyoeq 1961 jo uu L ORRU dag em 6G T 01 00 00 LE 01 L ZL 66 01 00 00 ojep pue yjuou pue Jeo 9 NUIW JnoH 69 62 01 00 00 EE LE 01 L L 66 01 00700 9jep pue yjuou pue Jeo JnoH 69 62 01 00 00 0710 LE 01 L L 66 01 00700 ojep pue yjuou pue Jeo JnoH 69 62 01 00 00 MERE LE O L ZL 66 01 0000 9jep pue uluouu pue JeaA lnulul V V 69 Z 01 00 00 1 uonoojep JO SUI LOLOLLLLLO zo 2 0 uonoejep joue jo eut OFFOOOLOL EN SsyJeuay a y L ejep Bunjes OL uonoojep 10119 JO SUI LOLLOOOLOO on 2 6 uonoejop joue Jo eut O 0000LL P 6 uonooejep JO SUI LOLLOOOOLO on 7 8 vonosep d n eu 4011000001 E 8 uonooejep JO SUI LOLLO00000 voL 247 HWE08110 peKejdsip s wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay
52. TH7 during heating operation is between 3 C 37 F and 5 C 41 F ON or OFF During cooling operation 4 Bypass solenoid valve SV9 ON Open Ar Operation After resuming operation after the comple E for 5 er S tion of the defrost cycle ON when 5 minutes or less have OFF when 5 minutes or more have passed and 63HS1 or 2 1 76MPa passed or 63HS1 or 2 2 1 76MPa 255 psi 255 psi At NO1 compressor startup outdoor tem perature 15 C 5 F or lower or after re suming operation after the completion of the defrost cycle outdoor temperature 15 C 5 F or lower When the compressor stops at cooling heat OFF ing mode During heating operation during compres When 63HS1 63HS2 exceeds When 30 seconds have passed sor frequency Fmin operation and when 3 43 MPa 497 psi compressor frequency Fmin 10 or high pressure 63HS1 or 2 rises more and 2 65MPa 384 psi or less HWE08110 85 GB VII Control 6 Compressor Frequency Control Depending on the capacity required the frequency of the compressor is controlled to keep constant evaporation temperature 0 C 32 F 0 71 MPa 103 psi during cooling operation and condensing temperature 49 C 120 F 2 88 MPa 418 psi during heating operation The table below summarizes the operating frequency ranges of the inverter compressor during normal operation Frequency cooling Hz Frequency heating Hz Model
53. The values are for reference and the margin of errors is allowed The result that is more than double or half of the result that is measured at the same measurement point is not allowed Disconnect all the wiring connected the INV board and make the measurement Tester restriction Use the tester whose internal electrical power source is 1 5V or greater Use the dry battery powered tester Note The accurate diode specific resistance cannot be measured with the button battery powered card tester as the applied volt age is low Use a low range tester if possible A more accurate resistance can be measured HWE08110 200 GB IX Troubleshooting Judgment value reference Black SC P1 FT N SC L1 SC L2 SC L3 w ms 0 10 Jf e fe au Sout sem L 0 sea 0 sme L C Ld H SC L3 5 200 ohm cmm mm so sv w _ se gt rm rm rm n au cu se fame 0 TI INV board external diagram SC P2 SC P1 JAM h mr
54. corrected gt If the same error occurs the error source controller is a failure 2 Error source controller failure HWE08110 149 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 1 System with one outdoor unit Error Source ad dress Outdoor unit OC Detection Error display od ME remote No acknowl controller RC edgement MA remote ACK at IC controller MA transmis sion to OC Indoor unit ME remote No acknowl IC controller RC edgement MA remote ACK at RC controller MA transmis sion to IC LOSSNAY ME remote No acknowl LC controller RC edgement MA remote ACK at IC controller MA transmis sion to LC ME remote ME remote No acknowl controller controller RC edgement RC MA remote ACK at IC controller MA transmis sion to RC HWE08110 Contact failure of transmission line of OC or IC Decrease of transmission line voltage signal by exceeding ac ceptable range of transmission wiring Far
55. eunje1eduje edid pinbr zo OkblooLoLL DGT S wun ul 6 666 01 6 66 edid pinbr LO OLLLOOLOLO oer so 90 em um om sm wm em cen im 06929696 ON ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 236 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul V Lx OLLLLLLLLL LLG OLLLLLLLLO OLS OLLLLLLLOL 60S OLLLLLLLOO 80S OLLLLLLOLL 109 OLLLLLLOLO 90S OLLLLLLOOL GOS OLLLLLLOOO PUG OLLLLLOLLL 609 OLLLLLOLLO COG OLLLLLOLOL LOS OLLLLLOLOO 00S OLLLLLOOLL 667 OLLLLLOOLO 867 OLLLLLOOOL 167 OLLLLLOOOO 967 OLLLLOLLLL G T OLLLLOLLLO vov OLLLLOLLOL OLLLLOLLOO CDT OLLLLOLOLL Lor OLLLLOLOLO UGT OLLLLOLOOL 687 OLLLLOLOOO 881 OLLLLOOLLL 187 OLLLLOOLLO 997 801 101 901 901 PO CO CO I La 06829GHETL o EN HWEO08110 so o syJeuway uel Ae dsiq LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 237 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board 00 co peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ ay JO uonipuoo v g Ajjenpiaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JEU JO uonipuoo BU V Lx 5 x A O NE AE x AI P mmm og a ap sseuppe 20 SseppeoO 100000010 sis 660 y l v ssoJppe uonepolunuluo2 lt joedeo pue japon lt d JUBIOB
56. units that are connected to different outdoor units with each other Replacement of male power jumper connector CN41 must be performed only on one of the outdoor units Provide grounding to S terminal on the terminal block for transmission line for centralized control TB7 on only one of the outdoor units HWE08110 mum Interlock operation with the ventilation unit Group q 185 TBI5 1 2 OO 3 Maximum allowable length 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Maximum distance 1 25mm AWG16 or larger L11 L12 lt 200m 656ft L21 L22 lt 200m 656ft Transmission line for centralized control L31 L21 200m 656ft MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 1 25mm AWG16 or more L12 L31 L22 lt 500m 1640ft II Restrictions 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 1 Shielded cable connection Same as 5 1 Transmission line for centralized control Daisy chain terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for transmission line for centralized control TB7 on the outdoor units OC in different refrigerant circuits and on the OC and OS in the same refrigerant circuit If a power supply unit is not connected to the transmis sion line for centralized control replace th
57. 1 and 2 on the terminal block TB15 on all indoor units IC in the same group and then connect terminals 1 and 2 on the terminal block TB15 on the in door unit on one end to the terminal block on the MA re mote controller Non polarized two wire When performing a group operation of indoor units that have different functions Automatic indoor outdoor ad dress setup is not available LOSSNAY connection Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block TB5 on the indoor unit IC to the appropriate terminals on the terminal block TB5 on LOSSNAY LC Non po larized two wire Interlock operation setting with all the indoor units in the same system will automatically be made It is required that the Lossnay unit be turned on before the outdoor unit Refer to 5 2 manual address setup for both indoor and outdoor units in the following cases When performing an interlocked operation of part of the indoor units in the system with a LOSSNAY unit using a LOSSNAY unit alone without interlocking it with any units performing an interlock operation of more than 16 indoor units with a LOSSNAY unit or connecting two or more LOSSNAY units to indoor units in the same system automatic ad dress setup for both indoor and outdoor units is not available page 28 Switch setting No address settings required Factory setting To perform a group opera tion of indoor units that have different functions refer to 5
58. 17 99 52 3 8 p 912 7 1 2 015 88 5 8 919 05 3 4 Dimension B The figures in the radial thickness column are based on the Japanese standards and provided only as a reference Use pipes that meet the local standards HWE08110 D GB I Read Before Servicing 4 Storage of Piping 1 Storage location Store the pipes to be used indoors Warehouse at site or owner s warehouse If they are left outdoors dust dirt or moisture may infiltrate and contaminate the pipe 2 Sealing the pipe ends Both ends of the pipes should be sealed until just before brazing Keep elbow pipes and T joints in plastic bags The new refrigerator oil is 10 times as hygroscopic as the conventional refrigerating machine oil such as Suniso and if not handled with care could easily introduce moisture into the system Keep moisture out of the pipes for it will cause the oil to deteriorate and cause a compressor failure 5 Pipe Processing Use a small amount of ester oil ether oil or alkylbenzene to coat flares and flanges Note Use a minimum amount of oil Use only ester oil ether oil and alkylbenzene HWE08110 ad GB I Read Before Servicing 6 Brazing No changes have been made in the brazing procedures Perform brazing with special care to keep foreign objects Such as oxide scale water and dust out of the refrigerant system Example Inside the brazed connection Use of oxidized solde
59. 3 Pressure characteristics The pressure in the system using R410A is 1 6 times as great as that in the system using R22 Pressure gauge Temperature C F R410A R407C R22 MPa psi 20 4 0 30 44 0 32 0 70 102 MPa psi MPa psi HWE08110 e GB I Read Before Servicing 12 Notes on Refrigerating Machine Oil 1 Refrigerating machine oil in the HFC refrigerant system HFC type refrigerants use a refrigerating machine oil different from that used in the R22 system Note that the ester oil used in the system has properties that are different from commercially available ester oil Refrigerant Refrigerating machine oil 07 Memo 2 Effects of contaminants 1 Refrigerating machine oil used in the HFC system must be handled with special care to keep contaminants out The table below shows the effect of contaminants in the refrigerating machine oil on the refrigeration cycle 3 The effects of contaminants in the refrigerating machine oil on the refrigeration cycle Gage Symptoms Effects on the refrigerant cycle Water infiltration Frozen expansion valve Clogged expansion valve and capillary tubes and capillary tubes Poor cooling performance Compressor overheat Motor insulation failure Sludge formation and ad B tnt molor Hydrolysis 55 Coppering of the orbiting scroll Acid generation Fock Air Air infiltration Oxidization Oil degradation Burn in on the orbiting scroll to expansion va
60. 3 n 18J Jamod snosu e uejsul Jaye sojnuiuJ e SO 2O AIEUILUISl uone do ul JossaJduJo 2 SPOW 146 S9J sejnuluJ c uoud mno asIou MO7 SunyesH JoAoeDueuo Bune u JoAoeBueuo Ajuoud Aoedeo 9pouJ SSIOU MOT sm sm m em a im gt ejdsig PUBUI p 1uiod 106100 Josues MOUS Bune u Buijooo UOHEOYHUSP SO DO snjejs uoneJedo yun JOOPINO julod 106 00 indu u do eubis 6 julod j9ejuos9 indu u do eubis EUJSJXI EH 00000LOLLL EG 00000LOLLO CC 00000LOLOL LZ 0000010100 OG 00000LOOLL 6l 0000010010 8 0000010001 m 0000010000 m 000000L LLL s 000000LLLO H 000000LLOL er 000000LLOO D 000000LOLL H O68LISVECL ON LMS ejep juan 216 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board poAeldsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo u g Apjjenpiarpur paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo 9Y V Lx Lamm w 195099 0 OOOOLOLOLL ep 19099 lo Aouanb Greg m 440 ouueyy dois apow 0000101010 cy ge peinpeuogs euuouqv 1 MOT Jouoo HUN Joopino Lamm wol Lamm o dois e qgissiuueg uoneJjedo yun 100P1NO 0000100111 6 ono s 000000 e oo ee 000000 s 0000L000LO ve NM 0000100001 68 0000L00000 wr 62 II Oo 82 wonos 00000LL
61. 5 218 GND Black 1 0 145 Vout VVhite 0 5 73 0 Vcc DC 5 V Red 06 1 15 225 7 95 Output voltage V HWE08110 187 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 1 Low Pressure Sensor 63LS Compare the pressure that is detected by the low pressure sensor and the low pressure gauge pressure to check for failure By configuring the digital display setting switch SW1 as shown in the figure below the pressure as measured by the low pressure sensor appears on the LED1 on the control board SW1 1234567 8910 ON 1 While the sensor is stopped compare the gauge pressure and the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 3 3 1 2 4 1 2 When the gauge pressure is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi internal pressure is caused due to gas leak When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi the connector may be defective or be disconnected Check the connector and go to 4 When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 1 7MPa 247 psi go to 3 If other than 1 2 or 3 compare the pressures while the sensor is running Go to 2 Compare the gauge pressure and the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 while the sensor is running Com pare them by MPa psi unit When the difference between both pressures is within 0 03MPa 4psi both the low pressure sensor and the control board are normal When the difference between both pressures exceeds
62. During this HO PLEASE WAIT blinks on the display of the remote controller When the indoor unit to be controlled by the remote controller is missing HO PLEASE WAIT keeps blinking on the display of the remote controller even after 3 or more minutes after power on Note 2 The system may go into the error mode on either the indoor unit or the outdoor unit side The outdoor stops only when all of the connected indoor units are experiencing problems The operation of even a single indoor unit will keep the outdoor unit running The error will be indicated on the LED display Note 3 The outdoor unit operates according to the operation mode commanded by the indoor unit However when the outdoor unit is running a cooling operation come of the operating indoor units will stop or the operation of these indoor units will be prohibited even when the indoor unit mode is switched from fan mode to heating mode This also applies when the outdoor unit is running a heating operation HWE08110 95 GB VII Control 2 Operations in each mode 1 Cooling operation Normal operation Cooling operation During test run mode 4 way valve OFF it i SES Unit in the stopped state Indoor unit fan operation Test run mode ON Thermostat ON minute restar prevention Note 1 1 Inverter output OHz 1 Inverter frequency control 2 Indoor unit LEV LEV1 2 Indoor unit LEV LEV1 control LEV2a LEV2b rated
63. INV board while the inverter is stopped and if it is 420 V or above check the following items 1 Confirm on the LED monitor that the bus voltage is above 289V Replace the INV board if it is below 289 V 2 Check the voltage at CN72 on the control board gt Go to 3 3 Check the noise filter coil connections and for coil burnout 4 Check the wiring connections between the following sections Between the noise filter board and INV board Between the INV board and DCL Replace 72C if no problems are found 5 Check the IGBT module resistance on the INV board Refer to the Trouble shooting for IGBT module Check the voltage between the FT P and FT N terminals on the INV board while the inverter is stopped and if it is less than 420 V check the following items 1 Check the coil connections and for coil burnout on the noise filter 2 Check the wiring between the noise filter board and INV board 3 Check the connection to SCP1 and SC P2 on the INV board 4 Check the in rush current resistor value 5 Check the 72C resistance value 6 Check the DCL resistance value Replace the INV board if no problems are found 4225 Check the voltage at CNVDC on the Fan board while the inverter is stopped and if it is 420 V or above check the following items 1 Check the voltage at CN72 on the control board gt Go to 3 2 Check the noise filter coil connections and for coil burnout 3 Check the wiring connections between the following sections
64. JO uonipuoo v g penpinipur pa ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul V Lx LL pow ore x E O poen R LL Lummen e ses e x A O titlon oz x a pH Su Eoo O NN x 8869890 O Po ADA gunge 222 RS Pdo TAO oromo 922 x 88098900 PER LT 50 O TESTO x 88869900 Bia uge za x nn OAT oromo 222 x 886990 oO ei x 8969890 buede amor iortotoooo 022 x 896990 T BuedeAneo uge x no E neien onoono x 89698900 buede aT uge x 88698900 BuedeAio onoono 92 x 896990 BuedeAnzo ooo sic 0002 d d fin x 896990 1 Gude 1010000 ver so oo sm m om sm m em m m eege syJeuway gv Lieu ON b ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq LOLLOLOLOL 921 LOLLOLOLOO PCL X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board 248 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip s wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g Ajjenpiaipur pa ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo BU V Lx uoneJedo GO 1100000000 892 apou uoneJedo yal LOLLLLLLLL 292 AIG v000 BuneeH 6000 BuljooD 2000 uvoneINUSA 1000 dois 0000 uores do eol LOLLLLLLLO 992 uonesado 221 LOLLLLLLOL 897 uoneJedo LOI LOLLLLLLOO VOL LOLLLLLOLL 69 LOLLLLLOLO 691 LOLLLLLOOL LOL LOLLLLLOOO 092 LOLLLLOLLL 632 LOLLLLOLLO 89
65. LOOLLLLOLO 9 LOOLLLLOOL 669 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board 240 HVVE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board oo poAeldsip si wa s s jueJeBujeJ ay JO uonipuoo u g Ajjenpiarpur paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo 9Y Y Lx 801 101 901 901 vd EG TI CO LOT ejdsig LOLOLOOOLL G 9 LOLOLOOOLO 729 LOLOLOOOOL 220 1010100000 219 LOLOOLLLLL LL9 LOLOOLLLLO 029 LOLOOLLLOL LOLOOLLLOO 899 LOLOOLLOLL 299 LOLOOLLOLO LOLOOLLOOL G99 LOLOOL 1000 799 LOLOOLOLLL 99 LOLOOLOLLO 99 LOLOOLOLOL L99 LOLOOLOLOO LOLOOLOOLL 699 LOLOOLOOLO 899 LOLOOLOOOL 299 1010010000 9599 LOLOOOLLLL GS9 LOLOOOLLLO 99 LOLOOOLLOL 699 LOLOOOLLOO S9 LOLOOOLOLL Log LOLOOOLOLO OG9 06829GHETL o EN HWE08110 WS LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 244 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo AY g Apjjenpiaipur pa ejdsip SI SO JO DO Jeuye JO uonipuoo V Lx ff ME Z8 flo 9e 7777777 77 7777777 99 ff MOM ee O NTE O MM HS fH 08 mm I 40001000 9_ mio x V V SE STE so oo en um so m em zm im gt MTM a v eds UJ9 ON Mun Dunes 245 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdo
66. OS are properly connected Check the model selection switch on the out door unit Dipswitch SW5 7 on the control board 1 Error Code Remote controller sensor fault 2 Error definition and error detection method This error occurs when the temperature data is not sent although the remote controller sensor is specified 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Error source Indoor unit OA process ing unit HWE08110 The remote controller without the temperature sensor the wireless remote controller or the ME compact remote controller mounted type is used and the remote controller sen sor for the indoor unit is specified SW1 1 is ON 167 Check method and remedy Replace the remote controller with the one with built in temperature sensor GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Function setting error incorrect resistor connection 2 Error source cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit Wiring fault Detail code 15 Loose connectors short circuit con 1 Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for tact failure proper connection Detail code 14 Incompatible control board and INV Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for board replacement with a wrong cir proper connection cuit board Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection DIP SW setting error on the control Check the settings of SW5 1 through SW
67. Refrigerant charging Vacuum Gauge Vacuum level check 4 Tools and materials that must not be used with R410A Charging Cylinder Refrigerant charging Prohibited to use Tools for R410A must be handled with special care to keep moisture and dust from infiltrating the cycle HWE08110 4 GB I Read Before Servicing 3 Piping Materials 1 Do not use the existing piping O material Annealed Soft copper pipes annealed copper pipes They can easily be bent with hands Copper pipe materials 1 2H material Drawn Hard copper pipes straight pipes They are stronger than the O material Annealed at the same radial thickness The distinction between O materials Annealed and 1 2H materials Drawn is made based on the strength of the pipes them selves 2 Types of copper pipes Maximum working pressure Refrigerant type 3 45 MPa 500psi R22 R407C etc 4 30 MPa 624psi R410A etc 3 Piping materials Radial thickness Use refrigerant pipes made of phosphorus deoxidized copper The operation pressure of the units that use R410A is higher than that of the units that use R22 Use pipes that have at least the radial thickness specified in the chart below Pipes with a radial thickness of 0 7 mm or less may not be used ss pm O material Annealed e be oe Fe ez Pe zu ozasa oe Kl 931 75 1 1 4 934 93 1 3 8 941 28 1 5 8 The pipes in the system that uses the refrige
68. are always met before the criteria for the forced stoppage of the outdoor unit 5 The indoor unit that detected the conditions that are listed in item 4 above brings the outdoor unit in the same refrigerant circuit to an error stop compressor operation prohibited and the outdoor unit brings all the indoor units in the same refrigerant circuit that are in any mode other than Fan or Stop to an error stop 6 Forced stoppage of the outdoor unit Detection timing The error is detected whether the unit is in operation or stopped This error is detected whether the unit is in operation or stopped 7 Ending criteria for the forced stoppage of outdoor unit Power reset the indoor unit that was identified as the error source and the outdoor unit that is connected to the same refrig erant circuit Forced stoppage of the outdoor unit cannot be cancelled by stopping the unit via the remote controller Note Items 1 3 and 4 7 are detected independently from each other Note The address and attribute that appear on the remote controller are those of the indoor unit or OA processing unit that caused the error 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Drain pump failure Check for proper functioning of the drain pump mechanism 2 Drain water drainage problem Check for proper drainage Clogged drain pump Clogged drain piping 3 Stuck float switch Check for normal operation of the float switch Check for slime in the moving parts
69. be transmitted for 4 10 minutes in a row due to bus busy Generated error when the command cannot be transmitted to the transmission line for 4 10 minutes in a row due to noise Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller where an error oc curred 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 The transmission processor cannot be transmit No noise indicates that the error source controller is a fail ted as the short wavelength voltage like noise ex ure If noise exists investigate the noise ists consecutively on the transmission line gt No noise indicates that the error source controller is a failure gt If noise exists investigate the noise 2 Error source controller failure 1 Error Code Communication error between device and transmission processors 2 Error definition and error detection method Communication error between the main microcomputer on the indoor unit board and the microcomputer for transmission Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller where an error oc curred 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Data is not properly transmitted due to accidental Turn off the power source of the outdoor and the indoor erroneous operation of the controller of the error units When the power source is turned off separately the source microcomputer will not be reset and the error will not be
70. by pressing the ON OFF button Stop Note 1 Refer to the following pages if an error code appears on the remote controller or when the unit malfunctions 2 The OFF timer will automatically stop the test run after 2 hours 3 The remaining time for the test run will be displayed in the time display during test run 4 The temperature of the liquid pipe on the indoor unit will be displayed in the room temperature display window on the remote controller during test run On some models NOT AVAILABLE may appear on the display when the Vane Control button is pressed This is normal If an external input is connected perform a test run using the external input signal HWE08110 102 GB VIII Test Run Mode 3 Operating Characteristic and Refrigerant Amount It is important to have a clear understanding of the characteristics of refrigerant and the operating characteristics of air conditioners before attempting to adjust the refrigerant amount in a given system 1 Operating characteristic and refrigerant amount The following table shows items of particular importance 1 During cooling operation the amount of refrigerant in the accumulator is the smallest when all indoor units are in operation 2 During heating operation the amount of refrigerant in the accumulator is the largest when all indoor units are in operation General tendency of discharge temperature Discharge temperature tends to rise when the system is
71. centralized control switch for the outdoor unit Factory setting SW2 1 are set to OFF System configuration Centralized control switch settings 1 Connection to the system controller Not connected Leave it to OFF Factory setting Connection to the system controller Connected 1 Set SW2 1 on all outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit to the same setting 2 When only the LM adapter is connected leave SW2 1 to OFF as it is 4 Selecting the position of temperature detection for the indoor unit Factory setting SW1 1 set to OFF To stop the fan during heating Thermo OFF SW1 7 and 1 8 on the indoor units to be set to ON use the built in thermistor on the remote controller or an optional thermistor 1 To use the built in sensor on the remote controller set the SW1 1 to ON Some models of remote controllers are not equipped with a built in temperature sensor Use the built in temperature sensor on the indoor unit instead When using the built in sensor on the remote controller install the remote controller where room temperature can be detected Note Factory setting for SW1 1 on the indoor unit of the All Fresh Models is ON 2 When an optional temperature sensor is used set SW1 1 to OFF and set SW3 8 to ON When using an optional temperature sensor install it where room temperature can be detected 5 Various start stop controls Indoor unit settings Each indoor unit or group of indoor units can be controlled i
72. check the fan motor megger and the winding resistance 1 Check the fan output wiring Check the connector CNVDC connection Check the FAN board failure 2 3 Inverter related problems are de tected Inverter voltage is not output at the terminals SC U SC V and SC W There is an voltage imbalance be tween the wires Greater than 5 imbalance or 5V There is no voltage imbalance be tween the wires Overcurrent error occurs immedi ately after the compressor startup 4250 Detail code No 101 106 107 After the inverter output voltage be came stable an imbalance stated below is seen between each wires Greater than the larger of the fol lowing values imbalance of 5 or 5V Fan motor megger failure Failure when the megger is 1Mohm or less Fan motor disconnection Standard The winding resistance is approximately several ohm It varies depending on the tem perature or while the inner ther mo is operating it will be ohm Connector contact failure Board side CNINV Fan motor side Cnnector contact failure Connect the connector Replace the FAN board 1 2 The voltage imbalance among each motor wiring during opera tion The voltage imbalance is greater than the larger of the values rep resented by 5 or 5 V The same error occurs even after the operation is restarted 198 Connect the short circuit connec tor to CN6 and go to section 1
73. circuit failure occurs or when some of the outdoor units are turned off 1 Starting the emergency operation When the OC is in trouble 1 When an error occurs the error source and the error code appear on the display on the remote controller 2 Reset the error via the remote controller to start an emergency operation Precautions before servicing the unit When the OC is in trouble the OS temporarily takes over the OC s function and performs an emergency operation When this happens the indoor unit connection information are changed In a system that has a billing function a message indicating that the billing system information has an error may appear on the TG 2000A Even if this message appears do not change or set the refrigerant system information on the TG 2000A After the completion of an emergency operation the correct connection information will be restored 2 Starting the emergency operation When the OS is in trouble 1 A communication error occurs gt An emergency operation starts in approximately six minutes Error codes that permit an emergency operation Applicable to both OC and OS Error codes that permit an Trouble source Error code description J emergency operation H Circuit board failure or the power 6607 No acknowledgement error to the outdoor units is off 6608 No response error Emergency operation pattern 2 outdoor units OC failure OS failure pattern pattern
74. considered in addition to the above Freeze protection is detected by one or all indoor units Even the second stop is not considered as an error when some specified errors occur eg The third stop is considered as an error when the thermistor error occurs HWE08110 183 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise 1 M NET transmission Control is performed by exchanging signals between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit ME remote controller through M NET transmission Noise interference on the transmission line will interrupt the normal transmission leading to erroneous op eration 1 Symptoms caused by noise interference on the transmission line Erroneous Erroneous Errorcode code Error code Error code definition v is transformed and will be misjudged as the MI Address signal of another address Transmission vvave pattern is transformed due to Transmission pro the noise creating a nevv signal cessor hardvvare er ror Transmission vvave pattern is transformed due to No ACK error Noise interference on 275 the noise and will not be received normally leadin the transmission line y g to no acknowledgement ACK Transmission cannot be performed due to the fine 6603 Transmission line noise bus busy error Transmission is successful however the acknowl No ACK error edgement ACK or the response cannot be re No response erro
75. dl A Wag 63HS2 HWE08110 70 GB VI Refrigerant Circuit 2 Principal Parts and Functions 1 Outdoor unit Part name m0 Notes Usage Specifications Check method functions Compres MC1 Adjusts the amount of circulating re Low pressure shell scroll sor Comp1 frigerant by adjusting the operating compressor frequency based on the operating Wirewound resistance pressure data 20 C 68 F 0 1610hm High pres 63HS1 1 Detects high pressure gare sure sensor 2 Regulates frequency and pro out U S vides high pressure protection y 0 071V 0 098 MPa 14psi Con Pressure MPa Intermedi 63HS2 Detects intermediate pressure dur nector EE ate pres ing heating operation and controls 1 38 x Vout V 0 69 x 145 sure sensor LEV2a and 2b JOND Black Vout White Vcc DC5V Red Low 63LS Detects low pressure NG 2 Provides low pressure protec gur es tion z 0 173V 0 098 MPa 14psi Con Pressure MPa pressure sensor 0 566 x Vout V 0 283 nector Pressure psi 0 566 x Vout V 0 283 x 145 1 GND Black Vout White Vcc DC5V Red Detects high pressure 4 15MPa 601psi OFF set Provides high pressure protec ting tion Pressure 63H1 switch HWE08110 T1 GB VI Refrigerant Circuit Thermistor TH4 Discharge LEV 1 is controlled based on the TH2 TH3 and TH6 values TAS Pipe temperature TH7 Outdoor temperature Controls LEV1 b
76. dry mode rt Q will light up in the display window and the temperature range for the cooling dry mode will appear on the display Lower limit temperature Appears in the preset temperature display window Upper limit temperature Appears in the time display window Switch between the Lower and Upper limit temperature setting by pressing the 6 CLOCK ON OFF button The selected temperature setting blinks f A 1 gt 10 44 TIMER SET A 7 button The left figure shows the display that appears when the current temperature range setting is between 19 C 67 F and 30 C 87 F in the Cool Dry mode and the lower limit temperature is selected to be set Press button 4 TIMER SET A or V to set the lower limit temperature to the desired temperature Settable range for the lower limit temperature 19 C lt gt 30 C 14 C lt gt 30C 67F lt gt 87 F 57F lt gt 87F Settable up to the upper limit temperature that is shown on the display Settable range for the upper limit temperature 30 C lt gt 19 C 30 C lt gt 14 C 87 F lt gt 67 F 87 F lt gt 57F Settable up to the lower limit temperature that is shown on the display The values in the parentheses are applicable to PDFY PEFY and PFFY E 2 Temperature range setting for heating 103 and the settable temperature range for heating appear on the display As with the Cool Dry mode use the 6 CLOCK ON OFF button and the
77. esee Mm s 11119 l l l lo or e je je k MA remote controller signal transmission error Hardware error MA controller signal reception error Start bit de tection error ES Total capacity error UN Capacity code setting error Wrong number of connected units za Address setting error 77 Attribute setting error s mn EN Connection information signal transmission recep tion error Remote controller sensor fault Function setting error 9e pp Model setting error 57 15 Incompatible unit combination oli Note The last digit in the check error codes in the 4000 s and 5000 s and two digit detail codes indicate if the codes apply to com pressor inverter on fan inverter Example Code 4225 detail code 108 Bus voltage drop in the fan inverter system Code 4230 Heatsink overheat protection in the compressor inverter system The last digit Inverter system c O O O a HWE08110 119 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 Responding to Error Display on the Remote Controller 1 Error Code Serial communication error 2 Error definition and error detection method Serial communication error between the control board and the INV board on the compressor and between the control board and the Fan board Detail code 01 Between the control board and the INV board Detail code 05 Between the control board and the Fan board 3 Cause check method and remedy
78. for the initial startup Performing startup sequence rotation does not change the basic operation of OC and OS Only startup sequence is changed Startup sequence of the outdoor units can be checked with the self diagnosis switch SW1 on the OC Display 12 94 570 7 8 9 10 ON E OC OS oc and the OC address appear alternately on the display E OS OC oS and the OS address appear alternately on the display 3 Initial Control When the power is turned on the initial processing of the microcomputer is given top priority During the initial processing control processing of the operation signal is suspended The control processing is resumed after the initial processing is completed Initial processing involves data processing in the microcomputer and initial setting of each of the LEV opening This process will take up to 5 minutes During the initial processing the LED monitor on the outdoor unit s control board displays S W version gt refrigerant type gt heat pump gt cooling only and capacity gt and communication address in turn every second 4 Control at Start up The upper limit of frequency during the first 3 minutes of the operation is 50 Hz When the power is turned on normal operation will start after the initial start up mode to be described later has been com pleted with a restriction on the frequency HWE08110 83 GB VII Control 5 Bypass Control Solen
79. ft 1 2 32 ft x Liquid separator 3 8 3 8 3 8 3 8 1 4 32 ft 65 ft 32 ft 32 ft 32 ft 2 3 A 98 ft 250 125 80 63 20 model model model model model 3 Sample calculation All the pipes in the figure are liquid pipes 15 88 30m 912 7 10m 69 52 3m 1m 10m 10m 20m 10m 10m 64m 6 35 10m According to the above formula Amount of refrigerant to be charged kg 0 2 X 30 0 12 X 10 0 06 X 64 0 024 X 10 5 0 16 28kg The calculation result would be 16 28 and it is rounded up to the nearest 0 1 The final result will be as follows Amount of refrigerant to be charged 16 3kg All the pipes in the figure are liquid pipes 3 4 98 ft 1 2 32 ft 9 8 19 ft 9 ft 32 ft 32 ft 65 ft 82 Tt 32 ft 205 ft 1 4 32 ft According to the above formula Amount of refrigerant to be charged oz 2 15 X 98 1 29 X 32 0 65 X 205 0 26 X 32 177 570 550z The calculation result would be 570 55 oz and it is rounded up to the nearest 1 oz The final result will be as follows Amount of refrigerant to be charged 571 oz N CAUTION Charge liquid refrigerant as opposed to gaseous refrigerant into the system If gaseous refrigerant is charged into the system the composition of the refrigerant in the cylinder will change and may result in performance loss HWE08110 105 GB VIII Test R
80. imi 11 mei HB il EEE TE i T yugjo Qr uonejedo jeuuoN Lq31 JOJ3 2Q311 SUON Ld31 uoneJedo ul 142 6031 e niq N8LNO ese dosi is pJEOG NVA x 1999 I l i ZH09 09 4 l nn n ueBueuoxe 1e9H Jojow uej GB 65 HWE08110 V Electrical Wiring Diagram 1 2 Electrical Wiring Diagram of Transmission Booster Terminal block for power supply TB1 250V 5A Red Red Red 100V 200VAC Noise filter Red Varistor Grounding HWE08110 66 Terminal block 2 for transmission line TB3 Expanded indoor unit side Terminal block 1 for transmission line TB2 Expanded outdoor unit side GB 1 Refrigerant Circuit Diagram 2 Principal Parts and Functions HWE08110 VI Refrigerant Circuit 67 GB 68 VI Refrigerant Circuit 1 Refrigerant Circuit Diagram 1 Outdoor unit 1 PUHY HP200 HP250 models TH2 De 29 SCC HIC Circuit LEV2a 2b HWE08110 J C r Lal D l 62 69 A 63HS2 gt TH6 ST1 BV1 Ka GB VI Refrigerant Circuit 2 PUHY HP400 HP500 models me Cu C 21S4b STO Gas separator 912 ee 2 P AAA I LEV2a 2b e 63 92 SE sT1 BV Liquid separator 21S4b STO j ST2 e LEV2a 2b
81. in its liquid state vs gaseous state 2 Reasons Oxygen if used for an air tightness test poses a risk of explosion Only use nitrogen to check air tightness Refrigerant R410A must be charged in its liquid state If gaseous refrigerant in the cylinder is drawn out first the composition of the remaining refrigerant in the cylinder will change and become unsuitable for use 3 Notes Procure a leak detector that is specifically designed to detect an HFC leak A leak detector for R22 will not detect an HFC R410A leak HWE08110 GB I Read Before Servicing 8 Vacuum Drying Evacuation Photo1 15010H Photo2 14010 Recommended vacuum gauge ROBINAIR 14010 Thermistor Vacuum Gauge 1 Vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve Photo1 To prevent the vacuum pump oil from flowing into the refrigerant circuit during power OFF or power failure use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve A reverse flow check valve may also be added to the vacuum pump currently in use 2 Standard of vacuum degree Photo 2 Use a vacuum pump that attains 0 5Torr 65Pa or lower degree of vacuum after 5 minutes of operation and connect it directly to the vacuum gauge Use a pump well maintained with an appropriate lubricant A poorly maintained vacuum pump may not be able to attain the desired degree of vacuum 3 Required precision of vacuum gauge Use a vacuum gauge that registers a vacuum degree of 5Torr 650Pa and measure
82. main power is turned off posing a risk of electric shock Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the unit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage between FT P and FT N on INV Board has dropped to DC20V or less It takes about 10 minutes to discharge electricity after the power supply is turn off 2 The IPM on the inverter becomes damaged if there are loose screws are connectors If a problem occurs after replacing some of the parts mixed up wiring is often the cause of the problem Check for proper connection of the wiring screws connectors and Faston terminals 3 To avoid damage to the circuit board do not connect or disconnect the inverter related connectors with the main power turned on 4 Faston terminals have a locking function Make sure the terminals are securely locked in place after insertion Press the tab on the terminals to remove them 5 When the IPM or IGBT is replaced apply a thin layer of heat radiation grease that is supplied evenly to these parts Wipe off any grease that may get on the wiring terminal to avoid terminal contact failure 6 Faulty wiring to the compressor damages the compressor Connect the wiring in the correct phase sequence HWE08110 195 GB IX Troubleshooting Error display failure condition Measure inspection item Inverter related errors 4250 4255 4220 4225 4230 4240 4260 5301 0403 i Check the details of the i
83. of connectors YES T Check the voltage between No 5 and No 2 pins of the CNIT on the control board YES s there a connector disconnection s the voltage measurement between 4 5 and 5 2 VDC2 j Replace the control board NO Check the voltage between No 1 and No 3 pins of the noise filter CN5 HR T Replace the M NET board y NO Check the noise filter F4 fuse Check the voltages among TB22 and TB24 on the noise filter AC198 264V NO Check the voltage between L2 and N at the power supply terminal block TB1 AC198 264V NO Disconnect the noise filters CN4 and CN5 and then replace F4 then turn the power on 203 Turn on the power again GB IX Troubleshooting 5 Refrigerant Leak 1 Leak spot In the case of extension pipe for indoor unit Cooling season 1 Mount a pressure gauge on the service check joint CJ2 on the low pressure side 2 Stop all the indoor units and close the liquid ball valve BV2 inside the outdoor unit while the compressor is being stopped 3 Stop all the indoor units turn on SW2 4 on the outdoor unit control board while the compressor is being stopped Pump down mode will start and all the indoor units will run in cooling test run mode 4 In the pump down mode SW2 4 is ON all the indoor units will automatically stop when the low pressure 63LS reaches 0 383MPa 55psi or less or 15 minutes have passed after
84. of the circuit shown in the figure below If DC5V is applied between the red and the black wires voltage corresponding to the pressure between the white and the black wires will be output and the value of this voltage will be converted by the microcomputer The output voltage is 0 173V per 0 098MPa 14psi Note The pressure sensor on the body side is designed to connect to the connector The connector pin number on the body side is different from that on the control board side Body side Control board side 1 8 261 1 6 232 63LS 123 Pressure 0 1 7 MPa 247psi 1 4 203 Vout 0 5 3 5 V 1 2 174 Pressure MPa psi Zn 0 173 V 0 098 MPa 14 psi 1 0 145 0 8 116 Connector 0 6 87 GND Black Vout White x 0 0 0 5 1 1 5 2 2 5 3 3 5 Vcc DC 5 V Red X Output voltage V HWE08110 188 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Solenoid Valve Check whether the output signal from the control board and the operation of the solenoid valve match Setting the self diagnosis switch SW1 as shown in the figure below causes the ON signal of each relay to be output to the LED s Each LED shows whether the relays for the following parts are ON or OFF LEDs light up when relays are on Note The circuits on some parts are closed when the r
85. open phase of the power supply may not always be detected if a power voltage from another circuit is applied 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 2 3 4 5 6 HWE08110 Power supply problem Check the input voltage to the power supply terminal block TB1 Open phase voltage of the power supply Power supply voltage drop Noise filter problem Check the coil connections Coil problem Check for coil burnout Circuit board failure Confirm that the voltage at the CN3 connector is 198 V or above Wiring failure Confirm that the voltage at the control board connector CNAC is 198 V or above If the voltage is below 198V check the wiring connection between the noise filter board CN3 noise filter board CN2 and control board CNAC Confirm that the wiring between noise filter TB23 and INV board SC L3 is put through CT3 Blown fuse Check for a blown fuse F01 on the control board gt If a blown fuse is found check for a short circuiting or earth fault of the actuator failure Replace the inverter if this problem is detected after the compres sor has gone into operation Control board failure Replace the control board if none of the above is causing the problem 132 GB IX Troubleshooting T Error Code Transmission power supply fault error detail FF Outdoor unit 2 RON Q R gt Error definition and error detection method Transmission
86. operation with the ventilation unit Note1 When only the LM adapter is connected leave SW2 1 to OFF as it is Note2 LM adapters require the power supply capacity of single phase AC 220 240V 3 Maximum allowable length 1 2 3 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 3 Transmission line for centralized control Same as 5 4 ME remote controller wiring Maximum overall line length 0 3 to 1 25mm AWG22 to 16 m1 lt 10m 32ft m2 m3 lt 10m 32ft If the standard supplied cable must be extended use a cable with a diameter of 1 25mm AWG16 The section of the cable that exceeds 10m 32ft must be included in the maximum indoor outdoor transmission line distance described in 1 When connected to the terminal block on the Simple re mote controller use cables that meet the following cable size specifications 0 75 1 25 mm AWG18 14 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 1 25mm AWG 16 or more Same as 5 4 GB II Restrictions When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys 4 Wiring method teli Refer to the section on Svvitch Setting Performing a group operation including the group 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 1 Shielded cable connection operation of units in different refrigerant circuits Same as 5 1 Refer to the section on Switch Setting 2 Transmission line for centralized control 4 LOSSNAY connection Same as 5 4 Same as
87. power source work Check the transmission line work is performed and the shielded wire is treated properly Grounding fault or does the shielded wire contact with the transmission line Improper transmission line work System with the power supply unit for transmission lines Single outdoor unit system Multiple outdoor unit system Confirm that the power supply Confirm that the power supply connector on the outdoor connector on the outdoor unit is not plugged into CN40 unit is not plugged into CN40 Is the male power supply connector connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 on only one of the outdoor unit Is the male power supply connector connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 Disconnect the male power supply on CN40 and connect it to CN41 Tightly reconnect the male power supply connector to the female power supply switch connector CN40 For the investigation method follow lt Investigation method of transmission wave shape noise gt Investigation into the transmission line noise Noise exist Controller failure of the source of the error Investigation into the cause of the noise Correct the error HWE08110 148 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Transmission line bus busy error 2 Error definition and error detection method Generated error when the command cannot
88. refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC OS in the order of capacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large HWE08110 20 GB II Restrictions 2 Power supply switch connector connection on the outdoor unit Factory setting The male power supply switch connector is connected to CNA System configu Connection to Power supply unit Group operation Power supply switch connector connection ration the system con for transmission of units in a sys troller lines tem with multiple outdoor units System with Leave CN41 as it is one outdoor wit Factory setting MT es cont multiple outdoor units Disconnect the male connector from the fe male power supply switch connector CN41 With connection Not required Grouped not and connect it to the female power supply to the indoor grouped switch connector CN40 on only one of the unit system outdoor units Connect the S shielded terminal on the ter minal block TB7 on the outdoor unit whose CN41 was replaced with CN40 to the ground terminal 7 on the electric box Required Grouped not Leave CN41 as it is grouped Factory setting 1 The need for a power supply unit for transmission lines depends on the system configuration 2 The replacement of the power jumper connector from CN41 to CN40 must be performed on only one outdoor unit in the system 3 Settings for the
89. remote controller is required if the ON OFF remote controller alone is connected Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Address set Factory Indoor 01 to 50 Assign the smallest address To perform a group opera unit to the main unit in the group tion of indoor units that have different functions desig Assign sequential numbers LOSSNAY starting with the address of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc 01 to 50 Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of these units after assigning an address to all indoor units nate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of functions as the main unit None of these addresses may overlap any of the in door unit addresses MA Main remote remote control controller ler Sub remote controller Enter the same indoor unit group settings on the sys tem controller as the ones that were entered on the MA remote controller settings re quired Sub Settings to be made accord remote con ing to the remote controller troller function selection 51 to 100 Assign sequential address to the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units are auto matically designated as OC and OS Note Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS To set the address to 100 set the rotary
90. test run mode and indoor and outdoor unit intermittent operation ON time is a little longer than that of normal operation HWE08110 98 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 HWE08110 VIII Test Run Mode Items to be checked before a Test Run 101 TSU E ON MO MOO 000 00000 102 Operating Characteristic and Refrigerant Amount 103 Adjusting the Refrigerant Amount nennen nnne nnn nnn nnns 103 Refrigerant Amount Adjust Mode A 106 The following symptoms are e EE 108 Standard Operation Data Reference Data 109 99 GB 100 VIII Test Run Mode 1 Items to be checked before a Test Run 1 Check for refrigerant leak and loose cables and connectors 2 Measure the insulation resistance between the power supply terminal block and the ground with a 500V megger and make sure it reads at least 1 0Mohm Note Do not operate the unit if the insulation resistance is below 1 0Mohm Do not apply megger voltage to the terminal block for transmission line Doing so will damage the controller board The insulation resistance between the power supply terminal block and the ground could go down to close to 1Mohm imme diately after installation or when the power is kept off for an extended period of time because of the accumulation of ref
91. the LED on the Service Monitor 1 How to read the LED By setting the DIP SW 1 1 through 1 10 Switch number 10 is represented by 0 the operating condition of the unit can be monitored on the service monitor Refer to the table on the following pages for DIP SW settings The service monitor uses 4 digit 7 segment LED to display numerical values and other types of information 7SEG LED SW1 1 2 3 4 5 0 7 8 910 ar ep 1 1 ON TL mis sm s c a g SW1 10 is represented as 0 in the table Pressure and temperature are examples of numerical values and operating conditions and the on off status of solenoid valve are examples of flag display 1 Display of numerical values Example When the pressure data sensor reads 18 8kg cm Item No 58 The unit of pressure is in kg cm Use the following conversion formula to convert the displayed value into a value in SI unit Value in Sl unit MPa Displayed value kg cm x 0 098 2 Flag display Example When 2154a 2154b SV1a are ON Item No 3 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 LD8 Example 3 minutes restart mode ltem No 14 o DD DO UC I 101 ES LEA GERT LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 LD8 2 LED display at initial setting From power on until the completion of initial settings the following information will be displayed on the monitor screen Displays No 1 through No 4 in order repeatedly Software version 0103 Version 1 03 Refr
92. the address of unit to be coupled Check the connection of transmission line Check voltage of the terminal block for transmission line of the unit to be coupled Normal if voltage is between DC17 and 30V Check 5 in case other than 1 Check for the main power of LOSSNAY Check the power supply of the outdoor unit which is coupled with the unit to be confirmed Check that the transmission line for centralized control TB7 of the outdoor unit is not disconnect ed Check voltage of the transmission line for central ized control Normal when voltage is between 10V and 30V Check 8 11 described on the left in case other than 1 GB IX Troubleshooting Both for MA remote controller and ME remote controller 1 Phenomena Although cooling operation starts with the normal remote controller display the capacity is not enough 1 Cause check method and remedy HWE08110 Compressor frequency does not rise sufficiently Faulty detection of pressure sensor Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to high discharge temperature Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to high pressure Pressure drops excessively Indoor unit LEV malfunction Insufficient refrigerant flows due to LEV malfunc tion not enough opening or protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to pres sure drop Refrigerant leak from LEV on the stopping unit caus
93. the heating and cooling cycles when powered Conducts electricity between heat exchanger and the accumulator and opens closes the heat exchanger circuit for the heating and cooling cycles Proper operation can be checked on the LED and by listening for the operation sound During heating this valve turns on and off simultaneously with 21S4a sometimes making it difficult to listen for its operation sound In such cases check the intake and discharge temperature for the 4 way valve to check the electricity runs between where and where Note The 4 way valve becomes hot Do not touch the valve to check its temperature Do not give an impact from outside as the outer hull will be deformed leading to the malfunction of the inner valve HWE08110 189 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 In case of SV1a Bypass valve This solenoid valve opens when energized when the relay is on 1 This valve turns on and stays on for four minutes at compressor startup Proper operation can be verified with the LED or by listening for the closing sound of the valve 2 The valve position can be determined by measuring and monitoring the pipe temperature change on the downstream of SV1a while the unit is energized When the valve is open high temperature gas refrigerant passes through the pipe Do not touch the valve to check its temperature Even while the valve is closed a small amount of high temperature gas still passes through the capillary tubes tha
94. the male power supply connector is connect ed to the female power supply switch connector CN40 on the outdoor unit Disconnected M NET transmission line on the indoor unit Disconnected wire between the terminal block for M NET line TB5 of the indoor unit and the indoor unit board CN2M or disconnected connector Incorrect wiring for the MA remote controller Short circuited wire for the MA remote controller Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller No 2 and disconnected line to the terminal block Reversed daisy chain connection between groups Incorrect wiring for the MA remote controller to the terminal block for transmission line connection TB5 on the indoor unit The M NET transmission line is connected incorrectly to the terminal block TB13 for the MA remote controller 7 The sub main setting of the MA remote controller is set to sub 8 20r more main MA remote controllers are connected 9 Indoor unit board failure MA remote controller communication circuit 10 11 O kb Remote controller failure Outdoor unit failure Refer tolX 7 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display page 208 2 Check method and remedy 1 When 2 and 3 above apply check code 7102 will be displayed on the self diagnosis LED Same symptom for all units in 3 NO system with one outdoor unit Measure voltages of the terminal block for transmissio line TB5 on the indoor unit Check the self diagnos
95. the pump mode started Stop all the indoor units and compressors when the pressure indicated by the pressure gauge which is on the check joint CJ2 for low pressure service reaches 0 383MPa 55psi or 20 minutes pass after the pump down operation is started 5 Close the gas ball valve BV1 inside the outdoor unit 6 Collect the refrigerant that remains in the extended pipe for the indoor unit Do not discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere when it is collected 7 Repair the leak 8 After repairing the leak vacuum the extension pipe and the indoor unit 9 To adjust refrigerant amount open the refrigerant service valves BV1 and BV2 inside the outdoor unit and turn off SW2 4 2 Leak spot In the case of outdoor unit Cooling season 1 Run all the indoor units in the cooling test run mode 1 Torun the indoor unit in test run mode turn SW3 2 from ON to OFF when SW3 1 on the outdoor control board is ON 2 Change the setting of the remote controller for all the indoor units to the cooling mode 3 Check that all the indoor units are performing a cooling operation 2 Check the values of Tc and TH6 To display the values on the LED screen use the self diagnosis switch SW1 on the outdoor unit control board 1 When Tc TH6 is 10 C 18 F or more See the next item 3 2 When Tc TH6 is less than 10 C 18 F After the compressor stops collect the refrigerant inside the system repair the leak perform evacuation and rec
96. the same address are received Note The address and attribute that appear on the remote controller indicate the controller that detected the error 3 Cause check method and remedy Two or more of the following have the same address Find the unit that has the same address as that of the Outdoor units indoor units LOSSNAY units control error source lers such as ME remote controllers Once the unit is found correct the address Then lt Example gt turn off the outdoor units indoor units and LOSS 6600 01 appears on the remote controller NAY units keep them all turned off for at least five Unit 01 detected the error minutes and turn them back on Two or more units in the system have 01 as their ad dress 1 Error Code Polarity setting error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error detected when transmission processor cannot distinguish the polarities of the M NET transmission line 3 Cause check method and remedy No voltage is applied to the M NET transmission line Check if power is supplied to the M NET transmission that G B 50A is connected to line of the G B 50A and correct any problem found M NET transmission line to which G B 50A is con nected is short circuited HWE08110 147 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Transmission processor hardware error 2 Error definition and error detection method Although 0 was surely transmitted by the transmission pro
97. u g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO OO JO uonipuoo aul V Lx LL es LL Suo ziz ft 00H He ft 00M omg PP p tunc ez kC w 77 77 x n ll ll ih 982 II Il Oh v amp eno 602 ll ll t z ll ll iima I REE ejep N Josues eJnssaJd Mo ejep Luna si r n eut Y Y 6 666 01 666 josuas eunssejd uby OOLLLOOLOL 622 x V ses OL ono sz olemmeu v v o 6966 sa ottitooti ZZ II Il eoo 922 fF 0000001 NARA tt 3 C ll TNT ll Il eonun 222 x V V 60600000 Stu ono iz x V V openee 28 ononHo oZ x V V ANETO 1356565557 H 00H00 siz x V V openee J e ooo R sun eu 2 a a a me er ee so oo em a od sn va em zn i OGRIOGVOZL 4 d V We ON JOJSIY 10 113 OOLLLOOLLO 062 lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt SyJEWISY 226 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g Ajjenpiaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx Aouenbe y B Kou nb indjno jenjoe ay SIA L Y Y 6666 01 0000 84 ndyno uey 0H0000LOLL 192 KOR V 6666 01 0000 0100001010 997 nd no Ue y NV4 Lo v v 6666 oi 0000 dv mamm Le Lo Yo pea 6666 01 0000 s0 90 xv 0100001000 ver EA Kou nb sd wun eut ele 7777
98. x 5 al board type Bus voltage check d terminal N HE Go Spe Note 1 es 3 WH lt Ir l Inverter output V gt og 9833 sel S rm wee B 5 Gx SC L1 SS TO 22 D S Inverter output W 8 H H H SC W by NA 5 SC U SC L2 Inverter output U UGE Hum cT12 CT22 SC L3 CT12 CT22 C33 Current sensor U Current sensor W C30 C37 Smoothing capacitor CTS Current sensor L3 O O Note 1 Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the unit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage between FT P and FT N on INV Board has dropped to DC20V or less It takes about 10 minutes to discharge electricity after the power supply is turned off HWE08110 50 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 4 Fan board
99. 0 F 67 F 35 G F 35 C 95 F 125 125 5 16 3 8 5 16 3 8 Piping Branch pipe 10 32 3 4 10 132 3 4 Total pipe length 25 25 82 Amount of refrigerant E S 13 8 30 1 2 13 8 30 1 2 Indoor unit 325 325 387 387 Pulse Ambient tempera Indoor ture Outdoor No LN connected units Indoor NO units in operation unit Model conditions Main pipe U 3 E Outdoor unit ing LEV2 1400 High pressure after O S low pres MPa sure before 71 psi 2 77 0 74 402 107 2 92 0 86 424 125 Discharge TH4 84 183 84 183 Heat exchanger outlet TH3 44 111 44 111 7 b i 7 45 C F Outdoor Temp of unit Accumulator outlet outlet each sec outlet TH6 Accumulator inlet 7 45 7 45 22 24 75 tion Compressor inlet Compressor shell bottom Indoor LEV inlet unit Heat exchanger outlet HWE08110 109 GB VIII Test Run Mode 2 Heating operation Outdoor unit model PUHY HP200YHM A PUHY HP250YHM A 21 1 C TO F 21 1 C 70 F ture Outdoor 8 3 C 6 1 C 47 F 43 F 8 3 C 6 1 C 47 F 43 F Indoor Unit SR No of units in operation Total pipe length 25 Operation Operating Ambient tempera Indoor U d 0 3 E Fan speed A Amount of refrigerant me lm 13 8 30 1 2 13 6 130 1 21 pe
100. 0 pulses DC12V Degree of stepping motor valve closing O 460 pulses direct driven type Cord heater AC220 240V CH11 12800hm 240V AC220 240V Dead cooling cycle Live heating cycle AC220 240V When not powered cooling cycle Outdoor unit heat exchanger capacity at 100 When powered cooling cy cle Outdoor unit heat exchanger capacity at 50 or heating cycle a stepping motor 0 480 puls Continuity check with a tester Same as in door LEV The resistance value differs from that of the indoor LEV Refer to the section LEV Troubleshooti ng page 191 Same as in door LEV Same as LEV1 Resistance check Continuity check with a tester GB VI Refrigerant Circuit 2 Indoor Unit Part Are Linear Adjusts superheat at the DC12V Refer to the section expan indoor heat exchanger Opening of stepping motor Continuity Test witha sion valve driving valve 0 1800 puls Tester Thermis tor Suction air temperature Pipe temper ature outlet during cooling Adjusts subcool at the heat exchanger outlet of the indoor unit during cooling Indoor unit control Thermo 1 Indoor unit control Frost prevention Hot adjust 2 LEV control during heat ing operation subcool detection es Ro 15kQ Ro 80 3460 Rt 15 13460 213 273 0 C 32 F 15kohm 10 C 50 F 9 7kohm 20 C 68 F 6 4kohm 25 C 77 F
101. 0 03MPa 4psi the low pressure sensor has a problem performance deterioration When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 does not change the low pressure sensor has a problem Remove the low pressure sensor from the control board to check the pressure with the self diagnosis LED1 display When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi the low pressure sensor has a problem When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 is approximately 1 7MPa 247psi the control board has a problem When the outdoor temperature is 30 C 86 F or less the control board has a problem When the outdoor temperature exceeds 30 C 86 F go to 5 Remove the low pressure sensor from the control board and short circuit between the No 2 and 3 connectors 63LS CN202 to check the pressure with the self diagnosis LED1 When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 1 7MPa 247psi the low pressure sensor has a problem If other than 1 the control board has a problem Remove the high pressure sensor 63HS1 from the control board and insert it into the connector for the low pres sure sensor 63LS to check the pressure with the self diagnosis LED1 When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 1 7MPa 247psi the control board has a problem If other than 1 the control board has a problem Low pressure sensor configuration The low pressure sensor consists
102. 000 907 6 666 O 6 66 uoljons ga OLLOOLLLLL RLY 6 666 01 6 66 uononsg OLLOOLLLLO bly 6 666 O 6 66 uononsg 90 OLLOOLLLOL CLV 6 666 01 6 66 uorons GO OLLOOLLLOO CLV 6 666 O 6 66 uonons ya OLLOOLLOLL Lk 6 666 O 6 66 uonons 601 OLLOOLLOLO OLY 6 666 01 6 66 uonons 221 OLLOOLLOOL 607 6 666 01 6 66 LO OLLOOL LOOO 807 x o O TT LL O TT oo sm um em sm m em zn im seen Ae dsiq LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 9 s yun eut o HVVE08110 syJeuway 234 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx META META MT MOT 0143000100 E 0111000010 _ am 0111000000 _ RE TE MTT ooroo _ ononon onono TNS MTM ononon ononono R onono TE OPE 801 247 901 901 rO 201 LGT o68496rez UJ9 e dsiq LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI uo ejeq 1 G Lob 0 6 8 1 GV GV GV GV GV GV GV vv vv vv vv vv vv vv vv ev ev ev ev ev ev ON 9 9 C Li 0 6 8 2 9 r C r G V co O o
103. 00007 o sm m sn m em za m gt q wl ejdsig I p eldsip S SO 40 OO 19449 JO uonipuoo SUL Y LLOLOLOLOO S9 LLOLOLOOLL 198 LLOLOLOOLO 0S8 LLOLOLOOOL 678 LLOLOLO000 978 LLOLOOLLLL 278 LOOLOOLLLO 918 LLOLOOLLOL 968 LLOLOOLLOO LLOLOOLOLL cvs LLOLOOLOLO ct8 LLOLOOLOOL Lo LLOLOOLOOO 078 LLOLOOOLLL 669 LLOLOOOLLO 8 8 LLOLOOOLOL 168 LL0L000L00 969 LLOLOOOOL L 969 LLOLOO00LO ves lil 0201 LLOLOO000L 668 lil 6121 1101000000 CES 1914 8191 LLOOLLLLLL LEG lil ZLOI LLOOLLLLLO 0 8 1914 9191 LLOOLLLLOL 628 lil GLOI LLOOLLLLOO 8c8 lil TLO LLOOLLLOLL 128 lil C LO LLOOLLLOLO sen lil CLO LLOOLLLOOL een 068L9GHET L Lie ON LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 252 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSB6UJSJ ay JO uonipuoo v g penpinipul pa ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul V Lx LL LL um e x O O ho 2 ll p meno is LL hho o x es Hoenon x O O Heenoo e LL LL unn z unn o ll p meme se LL O uge v x o O p Hoe e SXJeuJo g Y Lia ON Lx m Ae dsiq LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 253 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si uiejs s 941US ay JO uonipuoo AY g Ajjenpiaipur
104. 0LL00LLL KU L EN EN EN 77 Luana 00H00 lm AA Jual x O pee ooo ooo PP 000m0000k 28 KouenboJl Kouenb ndino Jene au eoi V V 6666 01 0000 au andino uey 0001100000 so 0 em am sm sm q em m m eege ON ejep juan syJeuway X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board 220 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board poAeldsip si wa s s yuea611191 ay JO uonipuoo u g Apjjenpiarpur paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo NL n ll p ou sei Eoo O ESTOS i pet x O TEST Dugem bet 7 TOTES sod nd uonejo4 6666 01 0000 10J J0SseJduJoo jo eun 001000000 DCL Pu siyun ay uoneJedo 7 0060000000 80 buo s2 SHBIP y JEMOT V V 6666 01 0000 sjue e 0015 000LLLLL00 vil Je1s JO dWIOD s 5lp y s ddn au si pun eut V V 6666 01 0000 sjue e 2015 000LLLLOLL 21 dn 1e s ye dn junog 118 S JO Jequinu qWOD jo T y el a4ns doup ans SL 9 GUBEEEIDOI zi spuoo s OG 10131 S BIS PI sald mo7 S9 Jd yBIH Jeuuouqv dnydeg aun 6666 01 0000 Buiueojo p le16 lu OOOLLLOLLL z SHIP y JEMOT V V 6666 0 0000 oun uonejedo JWOD 000LLLOLLO SLL y 6 y s dd SI yun aul V V 6666 01 0000 aun uoneJedo 000LLLOLOL LL sol ool sem
105. 1 2 LOSSNAY LC 01 to 50 Assign an arbitrary but None of these ad unique address to each dresses may overlap of these units after as any of the indoor unit signing an address to all addresses indoor units 3 101 i HWE08110 237 GB II Restrictions 7 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller are connected 1 Sample control wiring L11 CN41 C SW2 1 OF Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF gt ON OS L12 N40 Replace F 0N Group Group AE tae toe IC IC IC Dr 52 01 02 06 TB3 TB5 L TB5 TB15 TB5 TB15 wg M1M2S MIM2S 2 MMS 12 QQQ 900 Q 6 QQQ i QQQ 5 187 og 7 ven ZN SES L4 M1M2 S QOO Not I M Connect OO TG U A B A B 106 MA RC i L21 L22 Leave the male Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is connector on CN41 as it is Group SW2 1 OFF gt ON SW2 10FF 0N E r o oo EN IC i TB5 15 TB5 15 i M1M2S d 2 7 1 2 QOO OQ QQO OO Aut GY OO OO Not A B I A B I i connect i I I 104 O RC Note1 System controller ABS OOO d 9 2 Cautions 1 Be sure to connect a system controller 2 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units Assign to the indoor units connected to the MA remote controller addresses that
106. 1 HP200 HP250 models Initial startup mode starts S 50 x F x 60Hz Completed in the integrated operation time of 35 minutes or F c 50Hz Completed in the integrated operation time of 90 minutes Initial startup mode complete 2 HP400 HP500 models Initial startup mode starts The compressor on the OC starts up e F x 60Hz The total operating load of the indoor unit after 5 minutes of operation is P250 or above 12 Qj gt 50 The compressor on the OC remains in operation and the The compressor on the OC starts up compressor on the OS starts up 50 F 60Hz OC 50 lt F lt 60Hz both OC and OS Completed in the integrated operation time of 35 minutes Completed in the integrated operation time of 35 minutes or F lt 50Hz OC or F lt 50Hz both OC and OS E 3 Completed in the integrated operation time of 90 minutes Completed in the integrated operation time of 90 minutes Both the OC and OS stop The startup sequence of the OC and OS is rotated The compressor on the OS starts up 50 Fs 60 2 5 Completed in the integrated operation time of 35 minutes or F lt 50Hz OS Completed in the integrated operation time of 90 minutes The air conditioning load is too small Initial startup mode complete for both the OC and the OS to simultaneously stay in operation Ce The air conditioning load is high enough for both OC and OS to simultaneously sta
107. 110 60 GB IV Remote Controller lt 2 Search Procedures gt 8 To search for the LOSSNAY unit that is interlocked with a particular indoor unit enter the address of the indoor unit into the remote controller that is connected to it lt Indoor unit address gt Press the 16 MENU button to search for the address of the LOSSNAY unit that is interlocked with the selected indoor unit Search completed With a LOSSNAY connection The indoor unit address and IC and the interlocked LOSSNAY address and LC will appear alternately lt 3 Deletion Procedures gt Take the following steps to delete the interlock setting between a LOSSNAY unit and the interlocked indoor unit from the remote controller that is connected to the indoor unit 0 Find the address of the LOSSNAY to be deleted See section 2 Search Procedures and bring up the result of the search for both the indoor unit and LOSSNAY on the display 1 Press the ON OFF button twice to delete the address of the LOSSNAY unit that is interlocked with the selected indoor unit Registration completed The indoor unit address and and the interlocked LOSSNAY address and will appear alternately Deletion error If the deletion fails 4 Using the built in Temperature Sensor on the Remote Controller 1 Selecting the position of temperature detection Fac
108. 2 page 28 LOSSNAY No settings re quired Main remote con troller Sub Sub remote con troller con quired troller No settings re remote controller Settings to be made ac cording to the remote controller function se lection Outdoor unit Note OC No settings re OS quired Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS HWE08110 GB II Restrictions 2 An example of a system with one outdoor unit to which 2 or more LOSSNAY units are connected manual address setup for both indoor and outdoor units 1 Sample control wiring mmm nterlock operation with the ventilation unit L1 L2 L3 L4 G Leave the male Leave the male connector on connector on Group Group eS eee Se A CN41 as it is CN41 as it is l SW2 1 OFF SW2 1 OFF OS 02 52 TB5 TB5 TB15 TB3 d ler M1M2S OOO 000 EZ Q nl FAR E OO ME A B mu L12 L13 IC TBS TB15 MIMS 1 2 QQQ OO 000 TAN PSY Y N S I Bi A B MA 2 Cautions 3 Maximum allowable length 1 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line both be connected to the same group of indoor units Same as 5 1 2 No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected 2 Transmission line for centralized control to a group o
109. 2 495 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code High pressure fault 2 Outdoor unit 2 Error definition and error detection method If the pressure of 0 098MPa 14psi or lower is registered on the pressure sensor immediately before start up it will trigger an abnormal stop and error code 1302 will be displayed 3 Cause check method and remedy Inner pressure drop due to a leakage Refer to the page on the troubleshooting of the high pressure sensor page 187 Pressure sensor failure Shorted circuited pressure sensor cable due to torn outer rubber A pin on the male connector on the pressure sensor is missing or contact failure Disconnected pressure sensor cable Failure of the pressure sensor input circuit on the controller board 1 Error Code Refrigerant overcharge 2 Error definition and error detection method An error can be detected by the discharge temperature superheat 1 Ifthe formula TdSH lt 10 C 18 F is satisfied during operation first detection the outdoor unit stops goes into the 3 minute restart mode and starts up in three minutes 2 Ifthe formula TdSH 10 C 18 F is satisfied again within 30 minutes of the first stoppage of the outdoor unit second de tection the unit comes to an abnormal stop and the error code 1500 appears 3 Ifthe formula TdSH lt 10 C 18 F is satisfied 30 minutes or more after the first stoppage of the outdoor unit the same se quence
110. 3 The use of cables that are smaller than 0 75mm AWG18 is recommended for easy handling 4 When connected to the terminal block on the Simple remote controller use cables that meet the cable size specifi cations shown in the parenthesis 3 Switch Settings and Address Settings 1 Switch setting Refer to section 5 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 7 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller are connected before performing wiring work Set the switches while the power is turned off If the switch settings are changed while the unit is being powered those changes will not take effect and the unit will not function properly Units on which to set the switches Symbol Units to which the power must be shut off CITY MULTI indoor unit Main sub unit Outdoor units gt and Indoor units LOSSNAY OA processing unit A Outdoor units 3 and LOSSNAY Air handling kit Outdoor units or field supplied air handling unit ME remote controller Main sub remote RC Outdoor units gt controller MA remote controller Main sub remote MA Indoor units controller CITY MULTI outdoor unit 2 OC OS Outdoor units gt 1 Applicable when LOSSNAY units are connected to the indoor outdoor transmission line 2 The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS in the order of capacity from large to small if two or more units have the sa
111. 4 Indoor Unit un No of units in operation 4 Model 125 125 125 125 pedia Model Piping Branch pipe m ft 10 32 3 4 Fan speed 5 kg Amount of refrigerant Ibs oz 26 0 57 5 16 Electric current MSN 30 3 Outdoor Voltage 380 unit Indoor unit 387 387 387 387 ing LEV2 High pressure after O S low pres MPa sure before accumulator psi 2 92 0 86 424 125 HWE08110 112 UJ VIII Test Run Mode 2 Heating operation Outdoor unit model PUHY HP400YSHM A PUHY HP200YHM A PUHY HP200YHM A Indoor 21 1 C 70 F DB WB ture Outdoor 8 3 C 6 1 C 47 F 43 F No of connected units 4 Indoor Unit unit No of units in operation 4 Model m 100 100 100 100 conditions Main pipe 5 16 3 8 Piping Branch pipe m ft 10 32 3 4 Total pipe length 45 147 5 8 Fan speed kg Amount of refrigerant Ibs oz 25 5 56 3 16 A Electric current 23 3 Outdoor 1 Voltage 380 Compressor frequency 5 Indoor unit 325 325 325 325 LEV open SC LEV1 Se Ing LEV2 1400 LEV4 High pressure after O S low pres MPa sure before accumulator psi 2 81 0 66 408 99 2 81 0 66 408 99 Operation Operating Ambient tempera Discharge TH4 84 183 84 183 Heat exchanger outlet TH3 2 28 2 28 Outdoor Accumulator inlet 2 28 2 28 Temp of unit Accumulator outlet C PF 2 28 2 28 tion Compr
112. 4 is set to OFF 2 When SW4 4 on one outdoor unit in one refrigerant circuit system is set to ON 4 levels of on DEMAND C3 x I MN 3 Input the order to CN3D on the outdoor unit whose SW4 4 is set to ON Note the following steps to be taken when using the STEP DEMAND Example When switching from 100 to 50 0 ou 0 Wrong 100 gt OG gt 5090 steps Correct 100 gt 75 50 If the step listed as the wrong example above is taken thermo may go off The percentage of the demand listed in the table above is an approximate value based on the compressor volume and does not necessarily correspond with the capacity When this function is enabled the night mode cannot be enabled 3 When SW4 4 on the two outdoor units in one refrigerant circuit system is set to ON 8 levels of on DEMAND 2 8 levels of on DEMAND No 2 CN3D 3 Input the order to CN3D on the outdoor unit whose SW4 4 is set to ON 4 CN3D of No 1 2 3 can be selected arbitrary with the outdoor unit whose SW4 4 is set to ON HWE08110 24 GB II Restrictions 4 Sample System Connection Examples of typical system connection are shown on pages 5 to 7 Refer to the Installation Manual that came with each device or controller for details 1 An example of a system to which an MA remote controller is connected 77 Connection to the system controller Popes 7 configuration door and outdoor units Automatic address s
113. 5 4 on the board control board Detail code 12 Check the connector CNTYP2 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Check the settings of SW5 1 through SW5 4 on the control board Detail code 16 Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Check the settings of SW5 1 through SW5 4 on the control board Check the wiring between the control board and INV board Refer to the section on Error code 0403 Detail code 00 01 05 Check the wiring between the control board and INV board Refer to the section on Error code 0403 Check the settings of SW5 1 through SW5 4 on the control board Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Detail code Miscellaneous If a set model name identification error occurs check the detail code on the unit on which the error occurred The detail code that appears on other units will be dif ferent from the ones shown above HWE08110 168 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Model setting error 2 Error source cause check method and remedy Error Source Check method and remedy Outdoor unit 1 Wiring fault
114. 6NA E or field supply 5 5 zs L Preparations J in the field in the field length is 10m 4 CN3D Om I Outdoor unit posi a 1777 control board op Lo X 2 y 3 I Maximum cable length is 10m X Low noise mode Y Compressor ON OFF X Y Relay Contact rating voltage gt DC15V Contact rating current gt 0 1A Minimum appicable load lt 1mA at DC 2 2 Optional part PAC SC36NA E or field supply HWE08110 Outdoor unit control board CN3D Relay circuit m 1 Adapter 2 1 1 I 3 EN d L Preparations Jd I in the field Maximum cable length is 10m X Low noise mode X Relay Contact rating voltage gt DC15V Contact rating current gt 0 1A Minimum applicable load lt 1mA at DC 2 Optional part PAC SC36NA E or field supply Low noise mode The noise level is reduced by controlling the maximum fan frequency and maximum compressor frequency e GB II Restrictions 1 SW4 4 OFF Compressor ON OFF Low noise mode CN3D 1 3P Compressor ON OFF u Short circuit Compressor OFF 1 When SW4 4 on the outdoor unit in one refrigerant circuit system is set to ON this function cannot be used 2 This function and the 4 levels on DEMAND function can be used together Input the order to CN3D 1 2P on the outdoor unit whose SW4
115. 849 yN uesa uay ON IEUUON peddois ureujei jinoJro jueJaBljas eueuioueud z o ee 1uawdinbe o4juoo ON JO Z ON euuou SI 48 0409 VIN UM yun ayy jueJeBujes VON YBNOYNY 10 2582 SHA OWJOU JeuJex3 EUWUON ON EULON ue uo Deum Un y n ioopul gt SIA eu JO aounos eu MUG S ZSNYTAN q QNVIABG epoo s z pa ejdsip ay je epoo 10418 OU o 19J 3 10 SI SISOUBELD H S ay oj Jajay JO 2099 R dSIp 10 1 spjewJeye pajejado J AeJasIp JOUF S3A p eldsip s pezienueo SHA 8ueuioueud e oj Jejjogjuoo BOWS VIN JO ases ay ul 330 S oway lqissod uonejedo s SHA Sejnuiul JO G 10 Buikejidsip desy lt 1910403 aowa yiq ayy uo BUNUIG gt sd LIVM 3S V3 1d OH eedde Wun ejdsip OH llonuoo 9jouJ8J V N 9u1 HEIS UO Jamod ujew eui Joy s nului Ajeyeuurxoudde ululu yo sun S3A 04UO09 Mun JOOPUI ay asejday T 49 101JU09 EE au JO INOJ HOYS jun ay S Ja o1Juo9 ay eoejdesJ Je oJjuoo V N SU 40 9JIM v SIR day 4 uoneoriioeds jo jno fejouoo sue V N JO M ay J Jejeuieip eu 10 ujfue ay aly SHA Je 041UO9 ay JO MMA Jojoauu 9 Lee pappduuossig 40019 Euuuet
116. Automatic address setup is not available if start stop in put CN32 CN51 CN41 is used for a group operation of indoor units Refer to 5 2 Manual address setup for both indoor and outdoor units page 28 To connect more than 2 LOSSNAY units to indoor units in the same system refer to the next section 5 2 An example of a system with one outdoor unit to which 2 or more LOSSNAY units are connected page 28 HWE08110 Sha a ES mmm Interlock operation with the ventilation unit K eg e e eg i Ee Ae i lA p ni TBS TB15 ge Dee ve eecht n l 00 TB15 TB5 15 MIM2S 1 2 000 OO TBS Maximum allowable length Indoor outdoor transmission line Maximum distance 1 25mm AWG16 or larger L1 L2 L3 L4 lt 200m 656ft L1 L2 L11 L12 L13 lt 200m 656ft Transmission line for centralized control No connection is required MA remote controller wiring Maximum overall line length 0 3 to 1 25mm AWG22 to 16 m1 lt 200m 656ft m2 m3 lt 200m 656ft m4 m5 lt 200m 656ft GB II Restrictions 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Daisy chain terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB3 on the outdoor units OC and OS Note and terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB5 on each indoor unit IC Non polarized two wire Only use shielded cabl
117. B7 on the outdoor units OC and OS with the shield wire of the shielded cable Short circuit the earth terminal 4 and the S terminal on the terminal block TB7 on the outdoor unit whose power jumper connector is mated with CN40 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Same as 5 1 Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 LOSSNAY connection Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block TB5 on the indoor unit IC to the appropriate terminals on the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB5 on LOSSNAY LC Non polarized 2 core cable Indoor units must be interlocked with the LOSSNAY unit using the system controller Refer to the operation man ual for the system controller for the setting method In terlock setting from the remote controller is required if the ON OFF remote controller alone or the LM adapter alone to 50 Is connected 5 Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Setting method Assign the smallest ad dress to the main unit in the group Assign sequential num bers starting with the ad dress of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit ad dress 3 etc Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of these units after assign ing an address to all in door units Settings to be made ac cording to the remote controller fun
118. Do not give an impact from outside as the outer hull will be deformed leading to the malfunction of the inner valve 6 In case of SV6 Bypass valve This solenoid valve opens when powered Relay ON 1 This valve turns on during cooling operation during heating operation when the outside temperature is 5 C 41 F or above or for one minute after resuming operation after the completion of defrost cycle 2 Proper operation can be verified on the LED and by listening for the operation sound page 85 3 Refrigerant flows through this valve during cooling operation not during heating operation so the operation status can be verified by checking the temperature of the bypass circuit or by listening for the operation sound of the valve Note Do not give an impact from outside as the outer hull will be deformed leading to the malfunction of the inner valve 7 In case of SV9 Bypass valve This solenoid valve opens when powered Relay ON 1 This valve turns on for five minutes after resuming operation after the completion of defrost cycle Proper operation can be verified with the LED or by listening for the closing sound of the valve 2 Proper operation can be verified on the LED and by listening for the operation sound page 85 3 The operation status can be verified by checking the temperature of the bypass circuit or by listening for the operation sound of the valve Note Do not give an impact from outside as the outer hul
119. Downbiow BC m Set to OFF on floor standi EN Heating 4 C 7 2 F up Enabled Disabled PFFY standing The setting d d th Note 1 Settings in the shaded areas are factory settings Refer to the table below for the factory setting of the switches whose factory settings are not indicated by the shaded cells Note 2 If both SW1 7 and SW1 8 are set to ON the fan remains stopped during heating Thermo OFF To prevent incorrect temperature detection due to a build up of warm air around the indoor unit use the built in temperature sensor on the remote controller SW1 1 instead of the one on the indoor unit inlet thermistor Note 3 By setting SW3 1 SW1 7 and SW1 8 to a certain configuration the fan can be set to remain stopped during cooling Thermo OFF See the table below for details Switch setting Fan speed during Thermo OFF l sw3 1 SVV1 7 SW1 8 Cooling amp 9o ng ony nieat pump Very Low OFF VIR OFF Low Preset speed Heat pump Preset speed Cooling only Heat pump 2 SW2 Capa 3 4 5 6 8 10 13 14 16 20 25 28 28 SW2 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 g OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Note The setting timing for SW2 is before power is turned on HWE08110 80 GB VII Control 2 Address switch Actual indoor unit address setting varies in different systems Refer to the insta
120. EEN Products weighing more than 20 kg should not be carried Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in alone electric shock smoke and or fire Do not carry the product by the PP bands that are used on some products Use the kind of power supply wires that are specified Do not touch the heat exchanger fins They are sharp and in the installation manual dangerous When lifting the unit with a crane secure all four corners to prevent the unit from falling The use of wrong kind of power supply wires may result in current leak electric shock and or fire Properly dispose of the packing materials Use breakers and fuses current breaker remote switch lt switch Type B fuse gt moulded case circuit Nails and wood pieces in the package may pose a risk of breaker with the proper current capacity injury Plastic bags may pose a risk of choking hazard to chil dren Tear plastic bags into pieces before disposing of them The use of wrong capacity fuses steel wires or copper wires may result in malfunctions smoke and or fire Do not spray water on the air conditioner or immerse the air conditioner in water Otherwise electric shock and or fire may result When handling units always wear protective gloves to protect your hands from metal parts and high tempera ture parts HWE08110 V GB Before the test run ZN CAUTION Turn on the unit at least 12 hours before the test run Do not op
121. G r C 0 6 8 2 9 G r C LS LS 96 96 9S 96 9S 96 9S 96 9S GS GS GS GS GS GS 99 GS 99 ON Ae dsiq HWE08110 240 peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx usym 4 SI HUN eur ON ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 1001001000 yaq LOOLOOOLLL 89 syJeuway X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board 241 HWEO08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board pe ejdsip si Ul S S yuea611J9 3J1US ay JO uonipuoo ql g 801 101 901 901 st Q atl EG TI CO I oo ejdsig I pe e dsip S SO 40 OO 19449 JO uonipuoo SUL V LOOLLOLLLO C C9 MOTTA rororo ozo voa tororo eie voam 218 voam 919 vom sis omg ms 1001100101 cie 1001100100 vom uis 1001100010 ois 1001 10000 1001100000 80 voa 20 MT Rat so rororo vo 0 0 8 2 9 9 9 9 9 voam 1001000 208 100104100 108 10010L1000 gangen Lie ON VAS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 2242 HWE08110 peKejdsip SI wa s s JUEJS ILJSJ ay JO uonipuoo y g Ajjenpiaipur pa ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx usym 4 SI HUN eur ON ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq
122. HO or PLEASE PLEASE WAIT go off on the right appears on the in WAIT icons blink door unit remote controller for on the display 5 minutes The drain pump keeps run The drain pump stays in operation for three minutes after the unit in the ning after the unit has cooling mode is stopped stopped The drain pump is running When drain water is detected the drain pump goes into operation even while the unit is stopped while the unit is stopped Indoor unit and BC controller This noise is made when the refrigerant circuit is reversed and is normal make noise during cooling Normal display heating changeover Sound of the refrigerant flow is This is caused by the transient instability of the refrigerant flow and is nor heard from the indoor unit im mal mediately after starting opera tion Warm air sometimes comes This is due to the fact that the LEVs on some of the indoor units are kept out of the indoor units that are slightly open to prevent the refrigerant in the indoor units that are not op Normal display not in the heating mode erating in the heating mode from liquefying and accumulating in the com pressor It is part of a normal operation HWE08110 108 GB VIII Test Run Mode 7 Standard Operation Data Reference Data 1 Single unit 1 Cooling operation Operating Outdoor unit model Operation PUHY HP200YHM A PUHY HP250YHM A 26 7 C 19 4 C 80 F 67 F 26 7 C 19 4 C 8
123. IX 4 6 2 2 page 197 Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 HWE08110 144 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Open circuited IPM Loose ACCT connector Detail code 119 2 Error definition and error detection method Presence of enough current cannot be detected during the self diagnostic operation immediately before inverter startup 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inverter output wiring problem Check output wiring connections Confirm that the U and W phase output cables are put through CT12 and CT22 on the INV board respectively 2 Inverter failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 3 4 page 198 3 Compressor failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 2 page 197 Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 1 Error Code Faulty ACCT wiring Detail code 120 2 Error definition and error detection method Presence of target current cannot be detected during the self diagnostic operation immediately before startup Detection of improperly mounted ACCT sensor 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inverter output wiring problem Check output wiring connections Confirm that the U and W phase output cables are put through CT12 and CT22 on the INV board respectively 2 Inverter failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 3
124. LIT SI llonuo VIN 84 asejday M jun Joopul payloads ay pajoauuoo si y uaym pedoJd x0 gt V N au seog SOO JOU SI JIA SU uo uone4edo y d yi 03909 JOOPUI 3y JO M S BU YO UQ Jej ojjuoo ejouuaJ ay eoejde 1104 y 22810384 oo ees Jamod v USYM Jn290 Ue s oq S4A S4A ON uebe peureyo Asiep S J8JJ04UO9 V N 94 10 au Y uou Ja oJuo9 ajowal V N 2U JO 9JIM ay yedoid yox jun ay seoq ureuo step 10 ay Buroeoo uv euawouaud JO ases ay U VYOAY peuim s 2037 S3A UO IUN 1oopui Ue 3194 S Mun JOOPUI 4 ebeyoed jueuidinbe au Uu gt ON LSloIu07 gue VI au uoneJedo Buuuny in c O 1 ay d yi ay JO ON O 19891 s amod ay USyM 1200 40 49 Ue Seoq 1 llonuoS ejouueJ V N eui eoe dey A SIA NO 9M8 jueudinbe 04U09 Eug WO mdu au JO ueppiqioj uo J MOd SNY TAN q uonesedo ay si ON Ge4njiej amod jun JOOPUI ay Vv ON SHA p eldsip S3A 2 S epoo s z p eldsip ay 104 SHA 241 SHUN JOOpUI ay UO ZQ31 eu JO euo jsee je s pejoeuuoosip ase BuidnoJ6 10 pesn saJim IS u uAA UO JUN Joopul a
125. LJeY lt UOISISA M S Ayoeded uoisia 1000000000 us la syun poejoeuuoo JO Jequunu jo ejdsip dn junog ssouppe so 1000000000 as TT SJIUN paj9auuos JO Jequunu jo ejdsip dn junoyD sseJppe NL S9 09 100000001 os TI Ia syun poejoeuuoo JO Jaquinu jo ejdsip dn junog sseppeoH 1000000000 ris oo Ia syun paj9auuos JO Jequunu jo ejdsip dn junoyD sseppena dl 0000000017 es x cq aq a y v jun pue SSSJPPE jas JO ejdsip a eua y ssempeges 1000000000 zis VE se D Lei ON syJewoy ejdsig LMS Bum s HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si uiejs s JUEJS UJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g A penpinipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO yy JO uonipuoo BU V Lx ff WOO rs 0000 rs LOOOLOOOL 222 NNN a iti s ff 00 w x E O a 9 S Hun ay 1 so 20 syJeuay 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 en m em sm m em zn am gt Ae dsiq edid seg 0201 ainjesodwe edid seg 6121 edid seg 919 eJnjeJeduue edid seg 712 oJnjeJeduJe edid seg o
126. MA remote controller PAR 21MAA ON OFF button Fan Speed button Set Temperature buttons Cv Down CA Up ANS ONLY1Hr KE Operation Mode button Test Run button Louver button y Operation button BACK MONITOR SET DAY EGG w MAA V OPERATION A Vertical Air Direction button To preceding operation number Ventilation button A Operation button CA Tonext operation number Operation procedures Turn on the main power PLEASE WAIT appears on the LCD for up to five minutes Leave the power on for 12 hours Energize the crankcase heater Operation mode display TEST RUN and OPERATION MODE are P the Test button t da E displayed alternately Press the Operation Mode button 14s XO tse Make sure that the air is blowing out Switch to cooling or heating operation by pressing the Operation Mode button LS LT sss Make sure that cold or warm air blows out Press the Fan Speed button GI Make sure that the fan speed changes with each pressing of the button Change the air flow direction by pressing the Vertical Air Direction button or the Louver button Ser Make sure that the air flow direction changes with each pressing of the button Confirm the operation of outdoor unit fan Confirm the operation of all interlocked equipment such as ventilation equipment Cancel the test run
127. MO REN IC I I 1 1 1 1 1 TB5 TB15 i I M1M2S 12 I I RQ OG QQQ 99 000 Q I z 25 5 EE System controller ABS OO n D D 2 Cautions 1 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units Do not connect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor units that are connected to different outdoor units with each other Replacement of male power jumper connector CN41 must be performed only on one of the outdoor units Provide grounding to S terminal on the terminal block for transmission line for centralized control TB7 on only one of the outdoor units A maximum of 3 system controllers can be connected to the indoor outdoor transmission line with the exception that only one G B 50A may be connected When the total number of indoor units exceeds 26 it may not be possible to connect a system controller on the in door outdoor transmission line In a system to which more than 17 indoor units including one or more indoor units of 200 model or above are con nected there may be cases in which the system control ler cannot be connected to the indoor outdoor transmission line HWE08110 S 34 base esse e I I I Note1 LM adapters cannot be connected to the 3 1 indoor outdoor transmission line Maximum allowable l
128. Max Min Max Min Note The maximum frequency during heating operation is affected by the outdoor air temperature to a certain extent 1 Pressure limit The upper limit of high pressure 63HS1 is preset and when it exceeds the upper limit the frequency is decreased every 15 seconds The actuation pressure is when the high pressure reading on 63HS1 is 3 58MPa 519psi 2 Discharge temperature limit Discharge temperature TH4 of the compressor in operation is monitored and when it exceeds the upper limit the frequency is decreased every minute Operating temperature is 115 C 239 F 3 Periodic frequency control Frequency control other than the ones performed at start up upon status change and for protection is called periodic frequen cy control convergent control and is performed in the following manner Periodic control cycle Periodic control is performed after the following time has passed 30 seconds after either compressor start up or the completion of defrost operation 30 seconds after frequency control based on discharge temperature or pressure limit The amount of frequency change The amount of frequency change is controlled to approximate the target value based on the evaporation temperature Te and condensing temperature Tc 86 HWE08110 GB VII Control 7 Defrost Operation Control 1 Starting the defrost operation The defrost cycle starts when outdoor temperature integra
129. OLL As Eoo j j us 00000LLOLO As co CN 000001 L00L LO CN SI Je s0u1Jay USYM JUN UO SI USYM 1 1 000001 1000 st CN syJeuway Lieu e dsiq LMS z cN ejep juan 217 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board poAeldsip si wua s s jueJeBujeJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo u g j enpiaIpul paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JOU JO uonipuoo 9Y NL ou ff 000004 ts tto kC w 77 77 LZ 02 29 wr ss rs a_a A LLL p ovni z i menu og I Ge ejep N Josues BJNSSSJd MOT ejep wo y6y si yun eu Y Y 6 666 O 6 66 josuas nss id ubi 0000111010 pw V 06666966 OOO oJswneu v v 0600006 Ieun 000H100 PS 00000001 PS NT AAA emma s 00000100 s 0004 is pw V seep NETOS CANET CANET AA AECI CAN SNTE Diamant aa A aaa a im so oo em m om sm m em zm m 0692997621 av ue ON ejep uang 0000LLLOLL 6S 89 26 96 GS lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt syJeuway 218 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board paejdsip si wa s s yuea611J91 ay JO uonipuoo u g Apjjenpiarpur paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo 9Y V Lx nans tea L v v q n n Mei fat 86 x Y v 0 el gang R x 89090 1 f amp obw
130. OLLOOOLLOO 96 OLLOOOLOLL G6 OLLOOOLOLO vot OLLOOOLOOL 666 OLLO00LO00 CDC OLLOOOOLLL V6 233 OLLOOOOLLO 06 OLLOOOOLOL 68 0110000100 88 OLLOOOOOL L 186 01 1000001 0 986 OLL0000001 986 0110000000 POL OLOLLLLLLL 686 OLOLLLLLLO 8 OLOLLLLLOL 18 OLOLLLLLOO 08 OLOLLLLOLL 64 OLOLLLLOLO 828 801 101 901 901 PO CO CO I La 06829GHETL o EN HWEO08110 so o syJeuway Lieu Ae dsiq LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSB6UJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g Ajjenpiaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO yy JO uonipuoo V Lx ll ENTES ll 04000000 ll Lummen ie ll hu og ill NOA 04000000 gw uon ns 0221 omoro Z 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 uonons 891 otororoor sze 6 666 6 66 uonons 2101 0rLOLOLO00 v r 6 666 6 66 9 njesadula uonong 91091 ouoaaut eer 6 666 6 66 9 njesadula uonons GLOI orLOLOOLIO ZZ 6 666 6 66 uonons y 191 orLOLOOLOL L r 6666 01 6 66 uondnS ELDI OLLOLOOLOO 0cv 6666 01 6 66 uondnS ZLOI OLLOLOOOLL BLE 6666 01 6 66 sunjeJedua uondns LLOI OLLOLOOOLO 807 6666 01 6 66 emeJeduie uonons OLDI OLLOLOOOOL LLY nyes dw uonons 621 6 666 O 6 66 OLLOLO0
131. Reassemble them in the reverse order after replacing the compressor 1 Remove both the top and bottom service panels 2 Remove the control box and the compressor front panels cover front SAUNA auqa 3 Remove the wires that are secured to the frame and remove the frame HWE08110 206 GB IX Troubleshooting Compressor covers top The inside of the compressor cover is lined with sound insulation material Seal material Suction piping Discharge pipe Compressor covers left M d Compressor covers right The inside of the compressor Ts Los The inside of the compressor cover is lined with sound OR E cover is lined with sound insulation material RW Ben insulation material A 4 Remove the compressor cover top left and right the compressor wires and the crankcase heater When brazing the pipes make sure that the insulation in the compressor cover and the seal material are not damaged Mounting support metal Mounting plate 5 Remove the fixing gasket the gasket the mounting plate and the mounting support metal Then replace the compressor after debrazing the discharge pipe the suction pipe and the injection pipe HWE08110 207 IX Troubleshooting 7 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display If the LED error display appear as follows while all the SW1 switches are set to OFF check the items u
132. S 5 R329 SUB a E 5 B E Dao28 dik IED 5 m a 2 aja 2 ein a i Lg E BS are 1 3 E znan E 23 h 82 R300 312 6 N 20309 1 mr 29 my 90 Io m R m d mm m leng Dis a 2003 2331 qee fe y L cose Q ma 1 sm gt aoe J2 N SC m N Bp Qe S ED A ET ETS dg 5 2 Slr IEC UL 5 OE ER V B 52 _ flae2sov 3 154 don 250v o ES o N Lal ED3 5 N POS 94 C318 JE C317 309 fe 22 o Mil M page baoze m x W N Ere Bs Te L when powered rr EE LU N z C569 N LIN feet CNVCC2 O F qo a oO ges 9 0001 ewe owe O DOutput 12VDC N Output 5VDC CHA CNIT SEND CNAC FO1 External signal input contact input Power supply for DL Fuse CN40 centralize control OFF 77 Power supply for N 250V AC 3 15A CN102 centralized control ON 3 Output 5VDC Q Power supply detection input 2 Power supply input for centralized control system 30VDC 5 7 7 G Power supply ON OFF signal output 0 tdoor t ission line i tput 30VD Indoor outdoor transmission line input output 30VDC CNS2 Transmission line input output for centralized control system 30VDC 48 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 2 M NET board CNS2 Transmission line input output for CN04 CN102 centralized control system Ge ypa ge pne O Power supply output for centralized control system ON 3 0 Indoor outdoor transmission line input output Grounding GE le p CN03 BK
133. SNAY gt Without interlocked LOSSNAY settings 4 If no settings are necessary exit the window by pressing and holding the FILTER and buttons simultaneously for 2 seconds Go to step 1 Registration Procedures to make the interlock settings with LOSSNAY units or go to step 2 Search Procedures to search for a particular LOSSNAY unit Go to step 3 Deletion Procedures to delete any LOSSNAY settings lt 1 Registration Procedures gt To interlock an indoor unit with a LOSSNAY unit press the HTEMP V or AJ button on the remote controller that is connected to the indoor unit and select its address 01 to 50 Press the OCLOCK V or A button to select the address of the LOSSNAY to be interlocked 01 to 50 Indoor unit address LOSSNAY address 7 Press the TEST button to register the address of the selected indoor unit and the interlocked LOSSNAY unit Registration completed The registered indoor unit address and IC and the interlocked LOSSNAY address and LC will appear alternately Registration error If the registration fails the indoor unit address and the LOSSNAY address will be displayed alternately Registration cannot be completed The selected unit address does not have a corresponding indoor unit or a LOSSNAY unit Registration cannot be completed Another LOSSNAY has already been interlocked with the selected indoor unit HWE08
134. TH6 on the indoor unit is 5 C 9 F or less and SH on the indoor unit is 5 C 9 F or less Wait until the TH3 TH6 reaches 5 C 9 F or above and the SH of the indoor unit is between 5 and 15 C 9 and 27 F to determine that the refrigerant amount is adequate 3 High pressure must be at least 2 0MPa 290psi to enable a proper adjustment of refrigerant amount to be made 4 Refrigerant amount adjust mode automatically ends 90 minutes after beginning When this happens by turning off the SW4 3 and turning them back on the unit will go back into the refrigerant amount adjust mode Self diagnosis swithes on TH4 Self diagnosis swithes on TH3 1234 5 6 7 8 910 12 34 5 6 7 8 910 ON ON Self diagnosis svvithes on TH6 Self diagnosis svvithes on Tc 12534 15006070081910 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 ON ON HWE08110 106 GB VIII Test Run Mode Start Turn on SW4 3 on the OC Y ES NO Put all indoor units in the test run mode Refer to the previous page for Notes 1 4 in the chart and run the units in cooling mode Has the initial start up NO mode been completed YES Has it 30 minutes since start up ES Te T Et NO Gradually add refrigerant from at or below 100 C 212 F Note 1 YES the service port on the low pressure side Has the operating frequency of the compressor on the OC OS become stable NO YES Keep the unit running for 5 minutes after
135. V Electrical Wiring Diagram 1 Electrical Wiring Diagram of the Outdoor Unit 65 2 Electrical Wiring Diagram of Transmission Booster 66 VI Refrigerant Circuit 1 Refrigerant Circuit Diagram seis 000770 000 69 2 Principal Parts and FUNCIONS EE 1 VII Control 1 Functions and Factory Settings of the Dipsvvitches ET 12 Controlling the Outdoor EEE EEE EE 83 S Operation Flow 94 VIII Test Run Mode 1 Items to be checked before a Test Run 101 PANE SE Run 1000 EEE 102 3 Operating Characteristic and Refrigerant Amount 103 4 Adjusting the Refrigerant Amount ener nnns 103 5 Refrigerant Amount Adjust ee 106 6 The following symptoms are e TE BE 108 7 Standard Operation Data Reference Data 109 IX Troubleshooting METT A al a mas na 117 2 Responding to Error Display on the Remote Controller 120 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise 184 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts
136. When 2 and 3 apply the following display will appear ME remote controller Nothing appears on the remote controller be cause it is not powered MA remote controller HO or PLEASE WAIT blinks The model selection switch SW5 7 on the out door unit is set to OFF Normally set to ON Outdoor unit address setting error The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit do not have sequential address numbers 165 Check whether the number of units connected to the outdoor terminal block TB3 for indoor outdoor transmission lines does not exceed the limitation See 1 and 2 on the left Check 2 3 on the left Check whether the transmission line for the terminal block for cen tralized control TB7 is not con nected to the terminal block for the indoor outdoor transmission line TB3 Check the setting for the model se lection switch on the outdoor unit Dipswitches SW5 7 on the outdoor unit control board GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Address setting error 2 Error definition and error detection method Erroneous setting of OC unit address 3 Cause check method and remedy Erroneous setting of OC unit address Outdoor unit Check that the address of the OC unit is set to The address of outdoor unit is not being set to 51 00 or between 51 and 100 100 Reset the address if it is out of the range with the power supply turned off 1 Error Code
137. a the ME remote controller 2 Operation mode display selection mode Display or non display of COOL HEAT during automatic operation mode When the automatic operation mode is selected the indoor unit will automatically perform a cooling or heating operation based on the room temperature In this case x3 or j 0 wil appear on the remote controller display This setting can be changed so that only will appear on the display 3 Room temperature display selection mode Display or non display of room temperature Although the suction temperature is normally displayed on the remote controller the setting can be changed so that it will not appear on the remote controller 4 Narrowed preset temperature range mode The default temperature ranges are 19 C to 30 C in the cooling dry mode and 17 C to 28 C in the heating mode and 19 C to 28 C in the auto mode By changing these ranges raising the lower limit for the cooling dry mode and lowering the upper limit for the heating mode energy can be saved When making the temperature range setting on the simultaneous cooling heating type units that supports the automatic operation mode to save on energy consumption enable the Skip Auto Mode setting to make the automatic operation mode unselectable If the automatic operation mode is selected the energy saving function may not work properly When connected to the air conditioning units that do not support the automatic operati
138. adjusting the refrigerant amount to determine its adequacy Note 2 Does 8 C 14 4 F lt To TH3 lt 12 C 21 6 F hold true Use the largest Tc TH value of the OG OG Note 1 Keep the unit running for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant amount and check Tc TH3 Note 2 Gradually add refrigerant from the service port on the low pressure side Does Tc TH6 gt 20 C 36 F hold true Check this item on the unit whose Tc TH3 value was used in the step above Does the following hold true Tc TH3 lt 8 C 14 4 F Keep the unit running for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant amount to determine its adequacy Note 2 Gradually add refrigerant from the service port on the low pressure side Is the TH4 value of the OC OS at or below 95 C 203 F YES Gradually add refrigerant from Gradually draw out the service port on the low refrigerant from the service pressure side port on the low pressure side Adjustment complete Turn off SW4 3 on the OC Note 4 N CAUTION Do not release the extracted refrigerant into the air N CAUTION Charge liquid refrigerant as opposed to gaseous refrigerant into the system If gaseous refrigerant is charged into the system the composition of the refrigerant in the cylinder will change and may result in performance loss HWE08110 107 GB VIII Tes
139. akage is detected and the above mentioned condition is detected two consecutive times water leakage error water leakage is detected and 2500 appears on the monitor Detection of water leakage is also performed while the unit is stopped Preliminary water leakage is cancelled when the following conditions are met One hour after the preliminary water leakage was detected it is not detected that the drain pump goes from OFF to ON The operation mode is changed to Cool Dry The liquid pipe temperature minus the inlet temperature is 10 C 18 F or less Cause check method and remedy 1 Drain water drainage problem Check for proper drainage Clogged drain pump Clogged drain piping Backflow of drain water from other units 2 Stuck float switch Check for normal operation of the float switch Check for slime in the moving parts of the float switch 3 Float switch failure Check the resistance with the float switch turned on and turned off lt Reference gt Drain pump operation triggered by a submergence of the liquid level sensor except during the Cooing Dry mode 6minutes 6minutes ON Drain pump output OFF ON Float switch t OFF FE 50 15 15 45 Inpu iseconds seconds an of sensor in the air Submergence of Sensor in the air pubmel gente of Preliminary water leakage 7 VVater leaka
140. and error detection method When the thermistor temperature of 28 C 18 F or below has continuously been detected for 3 minutes during heating op eration during compressor operation the unit makes an error stop and 3121 appears on the display Use the OC therm istor temperature to determine when two outdoor units are in operation The compressor restarts when the thermistor temperature is 26 C 15 F or above both OC and OS during error stop The error display needs to be canceled by setting the remote controller Outdoor temperature error is canceled if the units stop during error stop The error display needs to be canceled by setting the remote controller 3 Cause check method and remedy Check the following factors if an error is detected without drop in the outdoor temperature Check for wire Thermistor input circuit failure on the control Check the intake temperature of the sensor with the LED board monitor When the temperature is far different from the actual temper ature replace the control board lt Reference gt Short detection Open detection THT 110 C 230 F and above 0 4kQ 40 C 40 F and below 130 KO HWE08110 131 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Open phase 2 Error definition and error detection method An open phase of the power supply L1 phase N phase was detected at power on The L3 phase current is outside of the specified range Note The
141. anger of the indoor unit Indoor fan including fan parts failure or motor fail ure Rise in high pressure caused by lowered condens ing capacity in heating operation for 2 7 8 Short cycle on the outdoor unit Check the outdoor units for problems and correct them if any 9 Dirty heat exchanger of the outdoor unit d 10 Outdoor fan including fan parts failure motor fail Check the fan on the outdoor unit ure or fan controller malfunction Refer to the section on troubleshooting the outdoor unit Rise in discharge temp by low pressure drawing fan page 190 for 8 10 Solenoid valve SV1a malfunction The by pass Refer to the section on troubleshooting the solenoid valve SV1a can not control rise in high pressure valve page 189 12 Thermistor failure TH3 TH7 Check the thermistor resistor page 142 13 Pressure sensor failure Refer to the page on the troubleshooting of the high pres sure sensor page 187 14 Failure of the thermistor input circuit and pressure Check the temperature and the pressure of the sensor with sensor input circuit on the controller board LED monitor Thermistor mounting problem TH3 TH7 Check the temperature and the pressure of the sensor with LED monitor 16 Disconnected male connector on the pressure switch 63H1 or disconnected wire 17 Voltage drop caused by unstable power supply Check the input voltage at the power supply terminal block voltage TB1 HWE08110
142. ar Se T PS NE t OO E 66 OG pow u i MA 50 MA Q m3 i Note1 When only the LM adapter is connected leave SW2 1 to OFF as it is Note2 LM adapters require the power supply Note capacity of single phase AC 220 240V System controller ABS OO 2 Cautions 3 Maximum allowable length 1 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line both be connected to the same group of indoor units Same as 5 3 2 No more than 2 MA remote controllers Can be connected 2 Transmission line for centralized control to a group of indoor units L31 L32 L21 200m 656ft 3 Do not connect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor 3 MA 2 7 7 units that are connected to different outdoor units with each other Same 7 15 1 l 4 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 4 Replacement of male power jumper connector CN41 1 25mm AWG16 or more must be performed only on one of the outdoor units 5 Short circuit the shield terminal S terminal and the L32 L31 L12 L11 s 500m 1640ft earth terminal J on the terminal block for transmission 1277777 640ftl line for centralized control TB7 on the outdoor unit m whose power jumper connector is mated with CN40 6 When a power supply unit is connected to the transmis sion line for centralized control leave the power jumper connector on CN41 as it is factory setting HWE08110 32 GB II Restr
143. are smaller than those of the in door units that are connected to the ME remote control ler No more than 2 ME remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units Do not connect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor units that are connected to different outdoor units with each other Replace the power jumper connector of the control board from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units Provide an electrical path to ground for the S terminal on the terminal block for centralized control on only one of the outdoor units A transmission booster is required in a system to which more than 16 indoor including one or more indoor units of the 200 model or above are connected 10 When a power supply unit is connected to the transmis sion line for centralized control leave the power jumper connector on CN41 as it is factory setting 3 HWE08110 38 Ree ee EEE ee Lm EEE ree Note1 When only the LM adapter is connected leave SW2 1 to OFF as it is Note2 LM adapters require the power supply capacity of single phase AC 220 240V Maximum allowable length Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 3 Transmission line for centralized control Same as 5 4 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 ME remote controller wiring Same as 6 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 1 25mm AWG16 or more
144. as Item 1 above first detection is followed 4 For 30 minutes after the stop of the outdoor unit preliminary errors will be displayed on the LED display 3 Cause check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy 1 Overcharged refrigerant Refer to the page on refrigerant amount evaluation page 103 2 Thermistor input circuit failure on the control board Check the temperature and pressure readings on the sen sor that are displayed on the LED monitor 3 Faulty mounting of thermistor TH4 Check the temperature and pressure readings on the thermistor that are displayed on the LED monitor HWE08110 124 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Drain sensor submergence Models with a drain sensor 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 If an immersion of the drain sensor in the water is detected while the unit is in any mode other than the Cool Dry mode and when the drain pump goes from OFF to ON this condition is considered preliminary water leakage While this error is being detected humidifier output cannot be turned on Applicable to the units manufactured in or after October 2006 2 Ifthe immersion of the sensor in the water is detected four consecutive times at an hour interval this is considered water leak age and 2500 appears on the monitor 3 Detection of water leakage is also performed while the unit is stopped 4 Preliminary water leakage is cancelled when the following conditions are m
145. ased on TH2 TH3 and TH6 data THHS Inverter heat sink temperature THBOX Control box internal tem perature de tection HWE08110 Detects discharge air tempera ture 2 Provides high pressure protec tion 0 C 32 F 698kohm 10 C 50 F 413kohm 20 C 68 F 250kohm 30 C 86 F 160kohm 40 C 104 F 104kohm 50 C 122 F 7Okohm 60 C 140 F 48kohm 70 C 158 F 34kohm 80 C 176 F 24kohm 90 C 194 F 17 5kohm 100 C 212 F 13 0kohm 110 C 230 F 9 8kohm Controls frequency 2 Controls defrosting during heating operation Detects subcool at the heat ex changer outlet and controls LEV1 based on HPS data and TH3 data Detects outdoor air tempera ture Controls fan operation Controls inverter cooling fan based on THHS temperature e Za Degrees Celsius Resistance R120 7 465kQ check R25 120 4057 Rt 7 465expl 1 1 405757311 393 Degrees Celsius Resistance Ro 15kQ check Ro 80 3460 Ri 15exp 3460 l 27311 273 0 C 32 F 15kohm 10 C 50 F 9 7kohm 20 C 68 F 6 4kohm 25 C 77 F 5 3kohm 30 C 86 F 4 3kohm 40 C 104 F 3 1kohm Degrees Celsius R50 17kQ R25 120 4016 1 Rt 17exp 4016 sg 323 0 C 32 F 161kohm 10 C 50 F 97kohm 20 C 68 F 60kohm 25 C 77 F 48kohm 30 C 86 F 39kohm 40 C 104 F 25kohm GB VI Refrigerant Circuit Part name 207 Notes Usage Specifications Check method function
146. ause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate Gas leak detectors for conventional refrigerants will not detect an R410A leak because R410A is free of chlorine Do not use a charging cylinder If a charging cylinder is used the composition of the refrig erant will change and the unit may experience power loss Exercise special care when handling the tools for use with R410A Infiltration of dust dirt or water into the refrigerant system may cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate Only use refrigerant R410A The use of other types of refrigerant that contain chlorine i e R22 may cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteri orate Il GB Before installing the unit N WARNING Do not install the unit where a gas leak may occur When installing the unit in a hospital take appropriate If gaseous refrigerant leaks and piles up around the unit it may be ignited High frequency medical equipment may interfere with the normal operation of the air conditioner or vice versa Do not use the unit to keep food items animals plants artifacts or for other special purposes Do not install the unit on or over things that cannot get t The unit is not designed to preserve food products BS When the humidity level exceeds 80 or if the drainage Do not use the unit in an unusual environment measures to reduce noise interference system is clogged the indoor unit may drip water Drain wa
147. auses of 1 5 If of the transmission line for the cause is found correct it If the outdoor unit on the termi no cause is found check 3 nal block for centralized con trol line connection TB7 When multiple outdoor units Same cause as that for indoor are connected and the power unit described in 3 source of one of the outdoor units has been shut off The male power supply con nector of the outdoor unit is not connected to the female power supply switch connec tor CN40 The male power supply con nectors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the fe male power supply switch connector CN40 for central ized control If the problem recurs after normal operation is restored the problem is caused by one of the following factors Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code setting error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 7102 Address setting error 7105 HWE08110 153 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration
148. cessor 1 is displayed on the transmission line Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller where an error oc curred 3 Cause 1 When the wiring work of or the polarity of either the indoor or outdoor transmission line is performed or is changed while the power is on the transmitted data will collide the wave shape will be changed and an error will be detected 2 Grounding fault of the transmission line 3 When grouping the indoor units that are connected to different outdoor units the male power supply connectors on the multiple outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 4 When the power supply unit for transmission lines is used in the system connected with MELANS the male power supply connector is connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 on the outdoor unit 5 Controller failure of the source of the error 6 When the transmission data is changed due to the noise on the transmission line 7 Voltage is not applied on the transmission line for centralized control in case of grouped indoor units connected to different outdoor units or in case of the system connected with MELANS 4 Check method and remedy Is the transmission line work YES Turn off the power source of outdoor indoor performed while the power is on units and turn them on again NO Check the power source of the indoor unit NO 188 253V Faulty
149. circuit of outdoor unit HWE08110 Check the voltage at the indoor outdoor transmission terminal block TB3 of outdoor unit Da0 NO Check the voltage at TB3 after removing transmission line from TB3 NO Check whether the male connector is connected to the female power supply connector CN40 NO YES Check voltage of terminal block for centralized control TB7 M Check the voltage between No 1 and No 2 pins of the CN102 on the power supply board for the transmission line NO Check the voltage between No 1 and No 3 pins of the noise filter CN4 Check voltage of TB7 by removing transmission line from TB7 YES Check whether the transmission line is disconnected check for contact failure and repair the problem YES YES Check if the indoor outdoor transmission line is not short circuited and repair the problem Check the wiring between the control board and power ii gt supply board for the transmission line CN102 and CNIT YES and check for proper connection of connectors YES Fix the wiring and connector disconnection Check for shorted transmission Is there a wiring error or a connector disconnection centralized control Replace the control board YES Check the wiring between the control board and power supply board for the transmission line CN102 and CNIT and check for proper connection
150. ction SW1 operation of the outdoor unit Outdoor unit The model selection switches SW5 1 5 4 on the outdoor unit are set incor rectly SW5 2 Model HWE08110 164 Check the model name capacity code of the in door unit which has the error source address set by the switch SW2 on indoor unit board When the model name set by the switch is different from that of the unit connected turn off the power source of the outdoor and the indoor units and change the setting of the capacity code Check the setting for the model selection switch on the outdoor unit Dipswitches SW5 1 5 4 on the outdoor unit control board GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Wrong number of connected units 2 Error definition and error detection method The number of connected indoor units is 0 or exceeds the allowable value 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit 1 1 HWE08110 Number of indoor units connected to the outdoor terminal block TB3 for indoor outdoor transmis sion lines exceeds limitations described below Number of units Restriction on the number of units Total number of 17 HP200 indoor units 21 HP250 34 HP400 43 HP500 Total number of LOSSNAY units During auto address start up only Total number of 1 HP200 AP250 outdoor units 2 HP400 HP500 Disconnected transmission line of the outdoor unit 2 Short circuited transmission line
151. ction selec tion To perform a group oper ation of indoor units that have different functions designate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of func tions as the main unit None of these addresses may overlap any of the in door unit addresses Enter the same indoor unit group settings on the system controller as the ones that were entered on the MA remote con troller To set the address to 100 set the rotary switch es to 50 Factory setting OC 51 to 100 Assign sequential ad OS dress to the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units are au tomatically designated as OC and OS Note Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS HWE08110 za GB II Restrictions 5 An example of a system in which a system controller is connected to the indoor outdoor transmission line except LM adapter 1 Sample control wiring L11 CN41 CN40 Replace Leave the male SW2 1 OFF gt ON connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF gt ON O OL L12 SS r ee RQQ_ 0 0 ES NN NG TB5 M1M2S QQ mum Interlock operation with the ventilation unit mI eter SSS SSE SG TB15 TBS 15 AB i MA EE 1 n L21 L22 Leave the male Leave the male connector on CN41 itis connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF ON SVV2 1 OFF ON A
152. cuit that are in any mode other than Fan or Stop to an error stop 2502 appears on the monitor of the units that came to an error stop 6 Forced stoppage of the outdoor unit Detection timing The error is detected whether the unit is in operation or stopped 7 Ending criteria for the forced stoppage of outdoor unit Power reset the indoor unit that was identified as the error source and the outdoor unit that is connected to the same refrig erant circuit Forced stoppage of the outdoor unit cannot be cancelled by stopping the unit via the remote controller Note Items 1 3 and 4 7 are detected independently from each other Note The address and attribute that appear on the remote controller are those of the indoor unit or OA processing unit that caused the error 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Drain pump failure Check for proper functioning of the drain pump Drain water drainage problem Check for proper drainage Clogged drain pump Clogged drain piping Adhesion of water drops to the drain sensor Check for proper lead wire installation Trickling of water along the lead wire Rippling of drain water caused by filter clogging Indoor unit control board failure If the above item checks out OK replace the indoor unit Drain pump drive circuit failure control board Drain heater output circuit failure Items 1 through 4 above and an indoor unit LEV Check the LEV on the indoor unit for leak
153. d 3 Cause check method and remedy In the case of 4250 1 Inverter output related Refer to IX 4 6 2 1 4 page 197 Check the IGBT module resistance value of the INV board if no problems are found Refer to the Trouble shooting for IGBT module In the case of 4255 1 Fan motor abnormality Refer to IX 4 6 2 5 page 198 2 Fan board failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 6 page 198 Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 HWE08110 138 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Instantaneous overcurrent Detail code 106 Overcurrent Detail code 107 2 Error definition and error detection method HP200 and HP250 models Overcurrent 94 Apeak or 22 Arms and above is detected by the current sensor HP300 models and above Overcurrent 94 Apeak or 35 Arms and above is detected by the current sensor 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inverter output related Refer to IX 4 6 2 1 4 page 197 Check the IGBT module resistance value of the INV board if no problems are found Refer to the Trouble shooting for IGBT module Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 1 Error Code Short circuited IPM Ground fault Detail code 104 2 Error definition and error detection method When IPM IGBT shor
154. doors and keep both ends of the pipes sealed until immediately before braz ing Keep elbows and other joints wrapped in plastic Infiltration of dust dirt or water into the refrigerant system may cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate or cause the unit to malfunction Use a small amount of ester oil ether oil or alkylben zene to coat flares and flanges Infiltration of a large amount of mineral oil may cause the re frigerating machine oil to deteriorate Charge liquid refrigerant as opposed to gaseous re frigerant into the system If gaseous refrigerant is charged into the system the com position of the refrigerant in the cylinder will change and may result in performance loss HWE08110 Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve If a vacuum pump that is not equipped with a reverse flow check valve is used the vacuum pump oil may flow into the refrigerant cycle and cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate Prepare tools for exclusive use with R410A Do not use the following tools if they have been used with the con ventional refrigerant gauge manifold charging hose gas leak detector reverse flow check valve refrigerant charge base vacuum gauge and refrigerant recovery equipment If the refrigerant or the refrigerating machine oil left on these tools are mixed in with R410A it may cause the re frigerating machine oil to deteriorate elnfiltration of water may c
155. e Emergency Permitted Permitted operation Permitted Permitted Maximum total capacity of indoor units Note 1 Note 1 If an attempt is made to put into operation a group of indoor units whose total capacity exceeds the maximum allowable capacity HWE08110 60 some of the indoor units will go into the same condition as Thermo OFF 91 GB VII Control 2 Ending the emergency operation 1 End conditions When one of the following conditions is met emergency operation stops and the unit makes an error stop When the integrated operation time of compressor in cooling mode has reached four hours When the integrated operation time of compressor in heating mode has reached two hours When an error is detected that does not permit the unit to perform an emergency operation Control at or after the completion of emergency operation At or after the completion of emergency operation the compressor stops and the error code reappears on the remote con troller If another error reset is performed at the completion of an emergency mode the unit repeats the procedures in section 1 above To stop the emergency mode and perform a current carrying operation after correcting the error perform a power reset 2 Communication circuit failure or when some of the outdoor units are turned off This is a temporary operation mode in which the outdoor unit that is not in trouble operates when communication
156. e Refer to 1302 page 123 Refer to the page of LEV troubleshooting 4 5 page 191 Refer to the page on troubleshooting of the outdoor unit fan Refer to 5106 page 142 Refer to 1302 page 123 IX Troubleshooting Long piping length Check the piping length to determine if it is contrib The cooling capacity varies greatly depending on the uting to performance loss pressure loss When the pressure loss is large the Piping pressure loss can be estimated from the cooling capacity drops temperature difference between the indoor unit I heat exchanger outlet temperature and the satura S Piping size is not proper thin tion temperature Te of 63LS gt Correct the piping Insufficient refrigerant amount Refer to 1 1 Compressor frequency does not rise Protection works and compressor frequency does sufficiently Refer to the page on refrigerant amount not rise due to high discharge temperature adjustment Clogging by foreign object Check the temperature difference between in front of and behind the place where the foreign object is clogging the pipe upstream side and downstream side When the temperature drops significantly the foreign object may clog the pipe gt Remove the foreign object inside the pipe The indoor unit inlet temperature is excessively Check the inlet air temperature and for short cy Less than 15 C 59 F WB cling Change the environment where the indoor unit is used Co
157. e Compressor failure So tion lenoid valve SV1a failure 8 Thermistor failure Check the thermistor resistor page 142 TH4 9 Input circuit failure on the controller board Check the inlet air temperature on the LED monitor thermistor HWE08110 121 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Low pressure fault 2 Error definition and error detection method When starting the compressor from Stop Mode for the first time if low pressure reads 0 098MPa 14psi immediately before start up the operation immediately stops 3 Cause check method and remedy Inner pressure drop due to a leakage Refer to the section on troubleshooting the low pressure l sensor page 188 Low pressure sensor failure Short circuited pressure sensor cable due to torn outer rubber A pin on the male connector is missing Disconnected wire Failure of the low pressure input circuit on the controller board HWE08110 122 GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code High pressure fault 1 Outdoor unit Error definition and error detection method If the pressure of 3 78MPa 548psi or higher is detected by the pressure sensor during operation the first detection the out door stops once turns to antirestart mode for 3 minutes and restarts after 3 minutes automatically If the pressure of 3 78MPa 548psi or higher is detected by the pressure sensor again the second detection within 30 min utes after the first stop of the outd
158. e below summarizes the types of indoor units that are compatible with different types of outdoor units 1 Standard combinations Outdoor Composing units Maximum total capacity Maximum number Types of connectable units of connectable indoor of connectable indoor units units indoor units 100 260 125 325 P15 P250 models R410A series indoor units 250 650 m I m Note 1 Maximum total capacity of connectable indoor units refers to the sum of the numeric values in the indoor unit model names 2 Ifthe total capacity of the indoor units that are connected to a given outdoor unit exceeds the capacity of the outdoor unit the indoor units will not be able to perform at the rated capacity when they are operated simultaneously Select a combination of units so that the total capacity of the connected indoor units is at or below the capacity of the outdoor unit whenever possible HWE08110 Z GB II Restrictions 2 Types and Maximum allowable Length of Cables 1 Wiring work 1 Notes 1 Have all electrical work performed by an authorized electrician according to the local regulations and instructions in this man ual 2 Install external transmission cables at least 5cm 1 31 32 away from the power supply cable to avoid noise interference Do not put the control cable and power supply cable in the same conduit tube 3 Provide grounding for the outdoor unit as required 4 Run the cable from the elect
159. e branch pipe and the outdoor units in the way that it has a downward inclination toward the branch pipe Downward inclination To indoor unit To indoor unit Upward inclination Gas refrigerant distributor L Liquid refrigerant distributor s Note d um uim m a b C d 1 2 3 4 i di E First branch G Operation Length Between outdoor units 0 outdoor units Total pipe bonde 300 Nm i or less ai BJ C G 1 J i Total pipe length L from the outdoor unit to the farthest indoor unit Total pipe length 7 the first branch to the far G I J i 40 131 or less thest indoor unit Height Between indoor and outdoor units difference Provide a trap on the pipe gas pipe only within 2 m from the joint pipe if the total length of the pipe that connects the joint pipe and the outdoor unit exceeds 2 m To indoor unit 2m 6ft EE Trap gas pipe only To indoor unit 2m 6r Max Joint pipe C To downstream units Note Total sum of downstream unit model numbers in the figure above is the sum of the index of the units after point C in the left figure Unit m ft Hine sections Allowable length of pipes 10 10132 or less or less 150 1492 or less Equivalent length 175 15741 or less 50 164 or less 40 131 or below if outdoor unit is below in door unit Between indoor units Hh 15 49 o
160. e controller have different functions and characteristics Choose the one that better suits the requirements of a given system Use the following criteria as a reference MA remote controller 2 ME remote controller 2 There is little likelihood of system expansion and group There is a likelihood of centralized installation of remote ing changes controllers system expansion and grouping changes Grouping floor plan has been set at the time of instal Grouping floor plan has not been set at the time of in lation stallation To connect the remote controller directly to the OA pro cessing unit 1 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units 2 Asystem controller must be connected to a system to which both MA remote controller and ME remote controller are con nected System with MA remote controller System with ME remote controllers M NET transmission line indoor outdoor transmission line M NET transmission line Outdoor unit 50 indoor outdoor transmission line ME remote controller ndoor unit HWE08110 55 GB IV Remote Controller 2 Group Settings and Interlock Settings via the ME Remote Controller 1 Group settings interlock settings Make the following settings to perform a group operation of units that are connected to different outdoor units or to manually set up the indoor outdoor unit address A Group
161. e earth terminal on the outdoor unit Check the treatment meth od of the shield of the transmission line for cen tralized control Isolate the transmission line from the power line 5cm 1 31 32 or more Do not insert them in the same conduit The transmission line must be isolated from another transmission line When they are bundled erroneous operation may be caused Use the specified transmission line Type Shielded wire CVVS CPEVS MVVS For ME remote control ler Diameter 1 25mm AWG16 or more Remote controller wire 0 3 1 25mm AWG22 16 The transmission is two wire daisy chained The shielded wire must be also daisy chained When the shielded cable is not daisy chained the noise cannot be reduced enough Connect the shield of the indoor outdoor transmission cable to the earth terminal on the outdoor unit If no grounding is provided the noise on the transmission line can not escape leading to change of the transmission signal The transmission cable for centralized control is less subject to noise interference if it is grounded to the outdoor unit whose power jumper cable was moved from CN41 to CN40 or to the power sup ply unit The environment against noise varies depending on the distance of the transmission lines the number of the connected units the type of the controllers to be connected or the environment of the installation site Therefore the transmission line work for central
162. e number of pulses 1 Connections between the outdoor control board and LEV1 outdoor expansion valve Outdoor control board 2 Pulse signal output and valve operation Output Output state Output pulses change in the following orders when the phase m 3 4 5 Valve is open 1 2 3 gt 4 5 7 8 1 Valve is closed 8 gt 7 gt 67 gt 5747 3727 178 ON 1 When the LEV opening angle does not change OFF all the output phases will be off Valve closed Valve open Valve opening refrigerant flow rate HWE08110 x Pulses 2 VVhen the output is open phase or remains ON the motor cannot run smoothiy and rattles and vibrates OFF OFF VVhen the power is turned on the valve closing signal of 520 pulses vvill be output from the indoor board to LEV to fix the valve position It must be fixed at point Pulse signal is output for approximately 17 seconds When the valve operates smoothly there is no sound from the LEV and no vibration occurs but when the valve is locked noise is generated Whether a sound is generated or not can be determined by holding a screwdriver against it then placing your ear against the handle If liquid refrigerant flows inside the LEV the sound may become smaller Fully open 480 pulses 192 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Judgment methods and possible failure mode Note The
163. e or if a noise source is located near the unit place the unit away from the noise source to reduce noise interference M NET transmission line Facility All facility types Shielded cable CVVS CPEVS MVVS x 0 LL NEN cores Larger than 1 25mm AWG16 Maximum transmission line distance between the outdoor unit and the far thest indoor unit Cable type 200 m 656ft max Maximum transmission line distance for central ized control and Indoor outdoor transmission line Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 500 m 1640ft max The maximum overall line length from the power supply unit on the transmission lines for centralized control to each outdoor unit or to the system controller is 200m 656ft max HWE08110 18 GB II Restrictions 2 Remote controller wiring MA remote controller M NET remote controller 2 cores Cable type 0 3 to 1 25mm 2 0 3 to 1 25mm 2 AWG22 to 16 AWG22 to 16 0 75 to 1 25mm 1 0 75 to 1 25mm 4 AWG18 to 16 AWG18 to 16 Cable size The section of the cable that exceeds 10m 200 m 656ft max 32ft must be included in the maximum in door outdoor transmission line distance Maximum overall line length 1 MA remote controller refers to MA remote controller PAR 20MAA PAR 21MAA MA simple remote controller and wireless remote controller 2 M NET remote controller refers to ME remote controller and ME simple remote controller
164. e outdoor unit Ibs oz 19 13 19 13 1 Calculation formula The amount of refrigerant to be added depends on the size and the length of field piping unit in m ft Amount of added refrigerant kg 0 2 x L4 0 12 x L 0 06 x Ls 0 024 x Ly 0 Amount of added refrigerant oz 2 15 x L4 1 29 x LzF 0 65 x L 0 26 x L4 G L4 Length of 215 88 5 8 liquid pipe L5 Length of 912 7 1 2 liquid pipe L3 Length of 29 52 3 8 liquid pipe L4 Length of 26 35 1 4 liquid pipe m a Refer to the table below Total capacity of connected indoor units a kg ar oz u 17 Tzczlilr 81 160 161 330 m L4 Length of 215 88 5 8 liquid pipe ft m L5 Length of 212 7 1 2 liquid pipe ft m 15 Length of 29 52 3 8 liquid pipe ft L4 Length of 26 35 1 4 liquid pipe ft 331 390 391 480 481 630 631 650 Round up the calculation result to the nearest 0 1kg Example 18 04kg to 18 1kg Round up the calculation result in increments of 4oz 0 1kg or round it up to the nearest 1oz Example 178 210z to 1790z HWE08110 104 GB VIII Test Run Mode 2 Example PUHY HP500YSHM A 49 52 69 52 3 m 1 m 9 52 10 m 12 7 10 m 55 X Liquid ES separator 29 52 9 52 49 52 69 52 66 35 10 m 20 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 15 88 30 m 250 125 80 63 20 model model model model model 3 8 6 3 8 9 fg B fil 3 8 32
165. e power jump er connector on the control board from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are au tomatically designated as OC and OS in the order of ca pacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large 5 Address setting method HWE08110 Unit or controller Setting method 1 Indoor unit LOSSNAY MA re mote CON troller Main No remote controller Sub remote controller Sub remote controller Outdoor unit OC 51 to 100 OS Note Only use shielded cables Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the S terminal on the terminal block TB7 on the outdoor units OC and OS with the shield wire of the shielded cable Short circuit the earth terminal and the S terminal on the terminal block TB7 on the outdoor unit whose power jumper connector is mated with CN40 settings required to 50 3 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Same as 5 1 Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 4 LOSSNAY connection Same as 5 1 Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Assign the smallest ad dress to the main unit in the group Assign sequential num bers starting vvith the ad dress of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main
166. e when itis required and check that the grounding work is performed prop erly on the shielded wire 4 Meg failure for electrical system other than the inverter 5 Attach a ferrite core to the inverter output wiring Contact the fac tory for details of the service part settings 6 Provide separate power supply to the air conditioner and other electric appliances T f the error occurred suddenly a ground fault of the inverter output can be considered See 2 4 page 198 Contact the factory for cases other than those listed above Sudden malfunction as a result of external noise 1 Check that the grounding work is performed properly 2 Check that the shielded wire is used as the transmission line when itis required and check that the grounding work is performed prop erly on the shielded wire lt 3 gt Check that neither the transmission line nor the external connec tion wiring does not run close to another power supply system or does not run through the same conduit pipe Contact the factory for cases other than those listed above HWE08110 196 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 Inverter output related troubles 1 Check the INV board er ror detection circuit 2 Check for compressor ground fault or coil error HWE08110 Disconnect the invert 1 Overcurrent error Replace the INV board er output wire from 4250 Detail code No 101 104 the terminals
167. elays are ON Refer to the following instructions Display LD4 LD5 SV1a SW1 1 3 6 T T 21S4b SV5b SW1 12342565 7 8 910 When a valve malfunctions check if the wrong solenoid valve coil is not attached the lead wire of the coil is not disconnected the connector on the board is not inserted wrongly or the wire for the connector is not disconnected 1 In case of 2154 4 way switching valve About this 4 way valve When not powered Conducts electricity between the oil separator outlet and heat exchanger AND the gas ball valve BV1 and the accumulator to complete the circuit for the cooling cycle When powered The electricity runs between the oil separator and the gas ball valve and between the heat exchanger and the accumulator This circulation is for heating Check the LED display and the intake and the discharge temperature for the 4 way valve to check whether the valve has no faults and the electricity runs between where and where Do not touch the pipe when checking the temperature as the pipe on the oil separator side will be hot Note Do not give an impact from outside as the outer hull will be deformed leading to the malfunction of the inner valve 2 21S4b 4 way valve About this 4 way valve while not powered Conducts electricity between the oil separator outlet and heat exchanger 1 the top heat exchanger and opens closes the heat exchanger circuit for
168. ength Indoor outdoor transmission line Maximum distance 1 25mm AWG16 or larger L11 L12 lt 200m 656ft L21 L22 lt 200m 656ft L25 lt 200m 656ft Transmission line for centralized control L31 L21 lt 200m 656ft MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 1 25mm AWG16 or more L25 L31 L12 L11 lt 500m 1640ft L12 L11 L31 L22 L21 lt 500m 1640ft GB II Restrictions 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Daisy chain terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB3 on the outdoor units OC and OS Note terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB5 on each indoor unit IC and the S terminal on the sys tem controller Non polarized two wire Only use shielded cables Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are au tomatically designated as OC and OS in the order of ca pacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the ground terminal on the outdoor units OC and OS the S terminal on the terminal block TB5 on the indoor unit IC and the S terminal on the system controller with the shield wire of the shielded ca ble 2 Transmission line for centralized control Daisy chain terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for tra
169. erate the unit without panels and safety Keep the unit turned on throughout the season If the unit is gharas turned off in the middle of a season it may result in malfunc Rotating high temperature or high voltage parts on the unit tions pose a risk of burns and or electric shock To avoid the risk of electric shock or malfunction of the Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping unit do not operate switches with wet hands the operation Keep the unit on for at least five minutes before turning off E t 5 mg 151710 pipes A the povver to prevent vvater leakage or malfunction ing and immediately after operation During or immediately after operation certain parts of the Do not operate the unit vvithout the air filter i i i l 75 d c emer Na eod Dust particles may build up in the system and cause mal or hot depending on the state of the refrigerant in the unit functi at the time To reduce the risk of frost bites and burns do i d not touch these parts with bare hands HWE08110 V GB CONTENTS I Read Before Servicing 1 Read Betore SEMMEN 3 2 Necessary Tools and EE 4 KH Sesh rana iaa 5 SEN EE 7 BR 1672 no EEE EE NE 7 A EEE RE 8 Fd TU TOS aaa E 9 o vacuum Drying B a lt e Hene a a aad n aa daa as ha da a dadan 10 9 Refrigerant Charging PP oe PO E O OO O O 11 10 Remedies to be taken in case of a Refrigerant Leak
170. eration mode as shown in the table below Refrigerant flow amount to the injection is controlled by intermediate pressure control or compressor discharge superheat con trol During heating operation Outdoor temperature Outdoor temperature 5 C 41 F and above 3 C 37 F or below Linear expansion valve During cooling operation LEV1 Subcool coil control Fully closed 0 Compressor discharge superheat control LEV2a LEV2b Fully open 1400 Intermediate pressure control Intermediate pressure control LEVA Fully closed 0 Fully closed 0 Fully closed 460 Note If outdoor temperature TH7 is between 3 C 37 F and 5 C 41 F during heating operation either 5 C 41 F and above per formance or 3 C 37 F or below performance based on the table above starts Linear expansion valve performs as shown in the table below while the compressor is stopped or during Thermo OFF Linear expansion valve While compressor is stopped Cooling Thermo OFF Heating Thermo OFF LEV1 From 0 to 65 in 3 minutes From 0 to 65 in 3 minutes stays 0 while other out stays O while other out door units are in operation door units are in operation LEV2aLEVD 0 LEV2b 200 011400 1400 60 130 closed 0 Fully closed 0 Fully closed 0 1 Subcool coil control Subcool coil is performed individually on the OC and OS Subcool amount at the heat exchanger outlet of the outdoor unit calculated by high pressure 63HS1 and liq
171. error stop When a short or an open of the thermistor is detected just before the restart of the outdoor unit the outdoor unit makes an error stop and the error code 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 or 5107 will appear During 3 minute antirestart mode preliminary errors will be displayed on the LED display A short or an open described above is not detected for 10 minutes after the compressor start during defrost mode or for 3 minutes after defrost mode 3 Cause check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy 1 Thermistor failure Check thermistor resistance 2 Pinched lead wire Check for pinched lead wire 3 Torn wire coating Check for wire coating 4 A pin on the male connector is missing or contact failure Check connector Thermistor input circuit failure on the control board lt Reference gt TH2 TH3 TH4 TH6 TH7 HWE08110 monitor When the temperature is far different from the actual temper ature replace the control board Short detection Open detection 70 C 158 F and above 0 4kQ 40 C 40 F and below 130 ka 110 230 F and above 0 4k 0 40 C 40 F land below 130 k 240 C 464 and above 0 57 ko 0 C 122 F and below 698 k Q 70 C 158 F land above 1 14 k Q 40 C 40 F and below 130 k 110 C 230 F and above 0 4 k 40 C 40 F and below 130 k 142 Check the intake temperature of the sens
172. error stop and the error code 1102 will be displayed 4 Ifthe discharge temperature of 120 C 248 F or more is detected more than 30 minutes after the previous stop of the outdoor unit the detection is regarded as the first detection and the operation described in step 1 above will start 5 For 30 minutes after the stop the first stop or the second stop of the outdoor unit preliminary errors will be displayed on the LED display 3 Cause check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy Gas leak gas shortage Refer to the page on refrigerant amount evaluation page 103 Overload operation Check operating conditions and operation status of indoor outdoor units LEV failure on the indoor unit Perform a cooling or heating operation to check the opera tion Outdoor unit LEV2a 2b 4 actuation failure Cooling Indoor unit LEV LEV1 2a 2b 4 Heating Indoor unit LEV LEV1 2a 2b 4 Refer to the section on troubleshooting the LEV page 191 5 Closed refrigerant service valve Confirm that the refrigerant service valve is fully open 6 Outdoor fan including fan parts failure mo Check the fan on the outdoor unit tor failure or fan controller malfunction Refer to the section on troubleshooting the outdoor unit Rise in discharge temp by low pressure fan page 190 drawing for 3 6 Gas leak between low and high pressures Perform a cooling or heating operation and check the opera 4 way valve failur
173. es Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are au tomatically designated as OC and OS in the order of ca pacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the ground terminal on the outdoor units OC and OS and the S terminal on the terminal block TB5 on the indoor unit IC with the shield wire of the shielded cable Transmission line for centralized control No connection is required MA remote controller wiring Connect terminals 1 and 2 on the terminal block for MA remote controller line TB15 on the indoor unit IC to the terminal block on the MA remote controller MA Non polarized two wire When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem When 2 remote controllers are connected to the system connect terminals 1 and 2 of the terminal block TB15 on the indoor unit IC to the terminal block on the two MA remote controllers Set one of the MA remote controllers to sub Refer to MA remote controller function selection or the installation 5 Address setting method Unit or controller Indoor unit IC quired Sub unit IC kb Address setting Setting Notes range method No settings re manual for the MA remote controller for the setting meth od Group operation of indoor units To perform a group operation of indoor units IC daisy chain terminals
174. es refrigerant shortage on the running unit RPM error of the outdoor unit FAN Motor failure or board failure or airflow rate de crease due to clogging of the heat exchanger The fan is not properly controlled as the outdoor temperature cannot be precisely detected by the temperature sensor The fan is not properly controlled as the pressure cannot be precisely detected by the pressure sen Sor 179 Check pressure difference between the detected pressure by the pressure sensor and the actual pressure with self diagnosis LED gt f the accurate pressure is not detected check the pressure sensor Refer to the page on Trouble shooting of Pressure Sensor Lower inlet pressure by the low pressure sensor than the actual pressure causes insufficient capac ity SVV1 setting High pressure sensor w 12 34567 8 9 10 ON Low pressure sensor SW1 12345678910 ON Check temperature difference between the evapo rating temperature Te and the target evaporating temperature Tem with self diagnosis LED Higher Te than Tem causes insufficient capacity SW1 setting Evaporating temperature Te SW1 12 34567 8 9 10 ON Target evaporating temperature Tem SW1 12 345 6 7 8 9 10 ON Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise even at higher Te than Tem due to high dis charge temperature and high pressure At high discharge temperature Refer to 1102 page 121 At high pressur
175. essor inlet 2 28 2 28 Compressor shell bottom 40 104 40 104 Indoor LEV inlet 37 99 unit Heat exchanger outlet 80 176 HWE08110 G UJ VIII Test Run Mode Outdoor unit model Operation PUHY HP500YSHM A PUHY HP250YHM A PUHY HP250YHM A 21 1 C 70 F Ambient Indoor Total pipe length 45 147 5 8 EE wm ue 6 0 6 1 C AT FAST No of connected units 4 Indoor Unit un No of units in operation 4 Model 125 125 125 125 Operating m Piping Branch pipe m ft 10 32 3 4 Fan speed 57 kg Amount of refrigerant Ibs oz 26 0 57 5 16 Electric current 31 7 Outdoor V unit oltage 380 Indoor unit LEV open SC LEV1 Ing LEV2 LEV4 o D High pressure after O S low pres MPa sure before accumulator psi 2 81 0 66 408 96 2 81 0 66 408 96 Discharge TH4 84 183 84 183 Heat exchanger outlet TH3 3 26 3 26 Outdoor Accumulator inlet 3 26 3 26 Temp of 1 unit each sec Accumulator outlet C F 3 26 3 26 tion Compressor inlet 3 26 3 26 Compressor shell bottom 40 104 40 104 Indoor LEV inlet 37 99 unit Heat exchanger outlet 80 176 HWE08110 M s G UJ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 HWE08110 IX Troubleshooting ETNE 117 Responding to Error Display on the Remote Controller 120 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape N
176. et One hour after the preliminary water leakage was detected it is not detected that the drain pump goes from OFF to ON The operation mode is changed to Cool Dry The liquid pipe temperature minus the inlet temperature is 10 C 18 F or less 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Drain water drainage problem Check for proper drainage Clogged drain pump Clogged drain piping Backflow of drain water from other units 2 Adhesion of water drops to the drain sensor 1 Check for proper lead wire installation Trickling of water along the lead wire Rippling of drain water caused by filter clogging e Failure of the 3 Failure of the relay circuit for the solenoid valve circuit for the solenoid valve Replace the Replace the relay 00000 Indoor unit control board LE LLL LLL the above item checks out OK replace the indoor unit Drain sensor circuit failure control board HWE08110 125 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Error Code Drain sensor submergence Models with a float switch Error definition and error detection method If an immersion of the float switch in the water is detected while the unit is in any mode other than the Cool Dry mode and when the drain pump goes from OFF to ON this condition is considered preliminary water leakage While this error is being detected humidifier output cannot be turned on If the drain pump turns on within one hour after preliminary water le
177. etup H 2 System vvith one out NO l door unit address setup Grouping of units in a 3 system with multiple NO System with one out 1 door unit outdoor units address setup System with one out With connection to transmission line l door unit for centralized control System with one out With connection to indoor outdoor door unit transmission line Address start up for indoor and outdoor units 1 System with one out With connection to transmission line Manual door unit for centralized control address setup Address start up for in door and outdoor units 1 System with one out With connection to transmission Manual l door unit line for centralized control address setup HWE08110 25 Connection of multiple LOSS NAY units GB II Restrictions 5 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 1 System with one outdoor unit automatic address setup for both indoor and outdoor units 1 Sample control wiring L1 L2 Leave the male Leave the male connector on connector on Group CN41 as it is CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF SW2 1 OFF OS OC TB3 TB7 TB3 TB7 MiM2777 M1M2S M1 M277 M1M2 S QOO 000 209 000 lt gt iB L11 peer eee Hee 2 Cautions 1 2 3 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units
178. euy 0 9JIM pejoeuuoosiq SAA 1 llonuoo aigua BU JO all pejoeuuoosiq A ddns Jemod SU yo uo 5 NEST 88LOW eDeyo Addns Jamog EN padde si ou jj AQ pue p 4 9u J OGACL 6 gt S34 8 pue v 5181 so jeune Jej04ju09 V N ay uee eq au 7094 SS JO Z JOOUUND pJeoq 04UO9 JUN JOOPUI ay a7gid ax euswousud z pue 8ueuioueud oj Jejjoyjuoo VIN jo ases ay ul syun 2 abues il l qewoll y pesoxe JUN Joopul ue 0 pajpauuoo ale ey S1 llonuoo VIN 24 Jo saquunu ay seoq ON padde 5 abeyon ou ji AQ pue peydde si aBeyon au J OGAEL 6 8 pue y sjeunuep J8 10 Ju09 0 YN v usamjaq abejjor ay 092 spuooes oz sane Spuooes JO Z JO 5418 MI PJEOG 01400 y n Joopur ayy uo 14418 gt gt Aiddns Jamod eu mat SHA SHA SHA M n jepeuxodde juejueuiou uo sun ubulig SHA sin990 10149 UE pieoq J04UO9 yun Joopul ay aoejday UO GB 8ueuioueud oj Jej ojguoo V N JO ases ay ul ON ainyle 1amod 2 uu JOOPU au IIV pJeoq Ionuoo JUN Joopul ay eoejdes Pi doe snoeuejuejsul ue aye jun JOOPUI ayy SE ON HI PA8OQ Ionuoo JUN SHA JOOpUI ayy uo
179. f indoor units No connection is required 3 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 HWE08110 28 II Restrictions 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 1 Shielded cable connection Same as 5 1 Transmission line for centralized control No connection is required MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Same as 5 1 Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 5 Address setting method Address setting range 1 Indoor unit Main 01 to 50 unit 01 to 50 Unit or controller LOSSNAY MA remote con troller No settings re quired Main remote control ler Sub remote control ler Sub remote controller OG 51 to 100 OS Outdoor unit Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS HWE08110 4 LOSSNAY connection Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block TB5 on the indoor unit IC to the appropriate terminals on the terminal block TB5 on LOSSNAY LC Non po larized two wire Interlock setting between the indoor units and LOSS NAY units must be entered on the remote controller Re fer to IV 3 Interlock Settings via the MA Remote Controller or the installation manual for the MA remote controller for the setting method Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Setting method
180. f only the H W error logic circuit operates and no identifiable error is detected 3 Cause Check method and remedy In the case of 4220 Check method and remedy 2 INV board failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 1 page 197 In the case of 4225 2 Fan board failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 6 page 198 Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 HWE08110 136 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Low bus voltage at startup Detail code 131 2 Error definition and error detection method When Vdc lt 160 V is detected just before the inverter operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inverter main circuit failure Same as detail code 108 of 4220 error Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 1 Error Code Heatsink overheat protection 2 Error definition and error detection method When the heat sink temperature THHS remains at or above 100 C 212 F is detected 3 Cause check method and remedy Fan board failure Air passage blockage THHS failure Note Outdoor unit fan failure 1 2 Refer to IX 4 6 2 6 page 198 Check the outdoor unit fan operation If any problem is found with the fan operation check the fan motor gt Refer to IX 4 6 2 5 page 198 Check tha
181. fire and or explosion Only use accessories recommended by MITSUBISHI Ask a qualified technician to install the unit Improper instal lation by the user may result in water leakage electric shock smoke and or fire Control box houses high voltage parts When opening or closing the front panel of the control box do not let it come into contact with any of the internal com ponents Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the unit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage at both ends of the main ca pacitor C1 has dropped to 20VDC or below It takes about 10 minutes to discharge electricity after the power supply is turned off GB Precautions for handling units for use with R410A N CAUTION Do not use the existing refrigerant piping A large amount of chlorine that may be contained in the re sidual refrigerant and refrigerating machine oil in the exist ing piping may cause the refrigerating machine oil in the new unit to deteriorate R410A is a high pressure refrigerant and can cause the existing pipes to burst Use refrigerant pipes made of phosphorus deoxidized copper Keep the inner and outer surfaces of the pipes clean and free of such contaminants as sulfur oxides dust dirt shaving particles oil and water These types of contaminants inside the refrigerant pipes may cause the refrigerant oil to deteriorate Store the pipes to be installed in
182. for vacuum breaking The use of oxygen may result in an explosion HWE08110 T GB I Read Before Servicing 9 Refrigerant Charging Cylinder with a siphon Cylinder without a siphon Cylinder color R410A is pink Refrigerant charging in the liquid state Valve Valve 1 Reasons R410A is a pseudo azeotropic HFC blend boiling point R32 52 C 62 F R125 49 C 52 F and can almost be handled the same way as a single refrigerant such as R22 To be safe however draw out the refrigerant from the cylinder in the liquid phase If the refrigerant in the gaseous phase is drawn out the composition of the remaining refrigerant will change and be come unsuitable for use 2 Notes When using a cylinder with a siphon refrigerant is charged in the liquid state without the need for turning it upside down Check the type of the cylinder on the label before use 10 Remedies to be taken in case of a Refrigerant Leak If the refrigerant leaks out it may be replenished The entire refrigerant does not need to be replaced Charge refrigerant in the liquid state Refer to IX 5 Refrigerant Leak page 204 HWE08110 11 GB I Read Before Servicing 11 Characteristics of the Conventional and the New Refrigerants 1 Chemical property As with R22 the new refrigerant R410A is low in toxicity and chemically stable nonflammable refrigerant However because the specific gravity of vapor refrigerant is g
183. frigerant Recovery Control Recovery of refrigerant is performed during heating operation to prevent the refrigerant from accumulating inside the unit while it is stopped unit in fan mode or inside the indoor unit that is in cooling mode or in heating mode with thermo off It is also performed during cooling operation to prevent an excessive amount of refrigerant from accumulating in the outdoor heat ex changer It is also performed during cooling operation to prevent an excessive amount of refrigerant from accumulating in the outdoor heat exchanger 1 During heating operation Starting refrigerant recovery mode The refrigerant recovery mode in heating starts when all of the following three conditions are met 15 minutes have passed since the completion of previous refrigerant recovery THA gt 115 C 239 F Frequencies below 50 Hz Refrigerant recovery 1 Refrigerant is recovered with the LEV on the applicable indoor unit unit under stopping mode fan mode cooling heating with thermo off being opened for 30 seconds Opening of LEV during refrigerant recovery Opening of indoor unit LEV 400 pulses I I I I I m l 30 seconds Initial opening of LEV Start Finish 2 Periodic capacity control of the outdoor units and periodic LEV control of the indoor units will be suspended during refrigerant recovery operation they will be performed after the recovery has been completed 2 During cooling operation Starti
184. g defrost operation or 3 minutes after defrost operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 High pressure sensor failure Refer to the page on the troubleshooting of the high pressure sensor 2 Pressure drop due to refrigerant leak 3 A A pin on the male connector is missing or contact failure 5 Disconnected wire 6 High pressure sensor input circuit failure on the control board IX 4 1 page 187 Torn wire coating HWE08110 143 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code ACCT sensor fault Detail code 115 2 Error definition and error detection method When the formula output current lt 1 5 Arms remains satisfied for 10 seconds while the inverter is in operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inverter open output phase Check the output wiring connections 2 Compressor failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 2 page 197 3 INV board failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 1 3 4 page 197 Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 1 Error Code ACCT sensor circuit fault Detail code 117 2 Error definition and error detection method When an error value is detected with the ACCT detection circuit just before the inverter starts 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 INV board failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 1 3 4 page 197 2 Compressor failure Refer to
185. g is valid only when the controller is connected to the simultaneous cooling heating type air conditioning units that support the automatic operation mode e 11 blinks and either ON or OFF lights up on the controller Pressing the TIMER SET A or V I button switches between ON and OFF TIMER SET A N7 button e When set to ON the automatic operation mode is available for selection in the function selection mode e When set to OFF the automatic operation mode is not available for selection in the function selection mode and an automatic operation cannot be performed The automatic operation mode is skipped in the function selection mode sequence Operation mode display selection mode Changing the type of display that appears during the automatic mode operation e When connected to the air conditioning units that do not support the automatic operation mode the setting for this mode is invalid L1 t G will blink and either ON or OFF will light up Press button TIMER SET A or V in this state to switch between ON and OFF e When it is set to ON 1 1 Zt i will appear on the display during automatic operation mode e When it is set to OFF only ES will appear on the display during automatic operation mode Restricted preset temperature range mode The range of preset temperature can be changed 1 Temperature range setting for the cooling
186. ge bn KF itQAQAQARAAA4C AARLXX H Within 1 hour period Within 1 hour period HWE08110 126 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Drain pump fault Models with a drain sensor 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 Make the drain sensor thermistor self heat If the temperature rise is small it is interpreted that the sensor is immersed in water This condition is considered to be a preliminary error and the unit goes into the 3 minute restart delay mode 2 If another episode of the above condition is detected during the preliminary error this is considered a drain pump error and 2002 appears on the monitor 3 This error is always detected while the drain pump is in operation 4 The following criteria are met when the criteria for the forced stoppage of outdoor unit system stoppage are met Liquid pipe temperature inlet temperature lt 10 C 18 F has been detected for 30 minutes s The immersion of drain sensor is detected 10 consecutive times The conditions that are listed under items 1 through 3 above are always met before the criteria for the forced stoppage of the outdoor unit 5 The indoor unit that detected the conditions that are listed in item 4 above brings the outdoor unit in the same refrigerant circuit to an error stop compressor operation prohibited and the outdoor unit brings all the indoor units in the same refrigerant cir
187. gnal input d di lt lol ose 20902 ij E Eg E 6090 qm N utpu G 00 gt D E e 26 e mmm 2 THBOX CNINV I e DU LL m ja Ol 59907 i hz E E G Thermistor Inverter output a EN como 2 S E ota box internal temperature O 2 E E etection 2 1 3 E LED gt mu L a Y zi nverter in normal operation Gu Oe 0 EO NEG LED2 2 m Z nverter error alo e siom We S _ amp voyulE mln E ri 5 EE 2 8 ol e di mil Q mn m S 8 a Q 2 E 2 2 5290 2292 S Ne y B IT LT m DA o o c u B a H O C m n Gu X3NO 4 R630 R631 Overcurrent detection resistor DIP IPM Rear HWE08110 51 III Outdoor Unit Components 5 Noise Filter CN4 Output Rectified L2 N current DP SN CN2 Surge absorber circuit 3 Surge absorber circuit 65 Short circuit 6 Short circuit F1 F2 F3 F4 Fuse 250VAC 6 3A E HWE08110 Di La i F 2 IM k RB R lim 1 FF W Le 1 L A HI en ge 4 CNS RED Ko r L 1 IP10 CNZ WHITE A 5 11 41 4 1 O p 1 L 1 IEC Ul 250 65 34 uu Gal 1 1 1 r JP5 li Fa F CHa 1 1 E 5 1 J F PZA a E r 4 Sp 21 1 i RI TT KC n B H 1 9 3 ln R3 4 In c2 f solder amis TR Ma 3 PYTST4C7 m MADE IN THAILAND d E CN1B Geet TB21 TB22 OTE
188. harge new refrigerant Leak spot 4 In the case of outdoor unit handle in the same way as heat ing season Tc self diagnosis switch TH6 self diagnosis switch SW1 SW1 1 2 34 567 8 910 123456078 910 ON ON 3 Stop all the indoor units and stop the compressor 1 To stop all the indoor units and the compressors turn SW3 2 from ON to OFF when SW3 1 on the outdoor control board is ON 2 Check that all the indoor units are being stopped 4 Close the refrigerant service valves BV1 and BV2 5 To prevent the liquid seal extract small amount of refrigerant from the check joint of the liquid ball valve BV2 as the liquid seal may cause a malfunction of the unit 6 Collect the refrigerant that remains inside the outdoor unit Do not discharge refrigerant into air into the atmosphere when it is collected 7 Repair the leak 8 After repairing the leak replace the dryer with the new one and perform evacuation inside the outdoor unit 9 To adjust refrigerant amount open the refrigerant service valves BV1 and BV2 inside the outdoor unit Note When the power to the outdoor indoor unit must be turned off to repair the leak after closing the refrigerant service valves specified in the item 4 turn the power off in approximately one hour after the outdoor indoor units stop 1 When 30 minutes have passed after the item 4 above the indoor unit lev turns from fully c
189. he address of the indoor unit to be registered by pressing Bring up the address of the indoor unit and the address of the button C TEMP x7 or A to advance or go back through the addresses Register the indoor unit whose address appears on the display Press button TEST to register the indoor unit address whose address appears on the display If registration is successfully completed unit type will appear on the display as shown in the figure below If the selected address does not have a corresponding indoor unit an error message will appear on the display Check the address and try again LOSSNAY to be interlocked on the display Select the address of the indoor unit to be registered by pressing button C TTEMP x7 or A to advance or go back through the addresses Select the address of the LOSSNAY unit to be interlocked by pressing button TIMER SET Y or A to advance or go back through the interlocked unit addresses lt Successful completion of registration gt I SEAN 8 Make the settings to interlock LOSSNAY units with indoor units Press button TEST while both the indoor unit address and the address of the LOSSNAY units to be interlocked are displayed to enter the interlock setting Interlock setting can also be made by bringing up the LOSSNAY address in the indoor unit address display lt Deletion error gt window and the indoor unit address in the interlocked u
190. he power source of the outdoor unit for 5 minutes or more and turn it on again If the error is accidental it will run normally If not check the causes 1 4 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 2 Grouping of units in a system with multiple outdoor units Error source Error display address Detection method Outdoor ME remote No acknowl unit controller RC edgement OC MA remote ACK at IC controller MA transmission to OC Indoor ME remote No acknowl unit controller RC edgement IC MA remote ACK at RC controller MA transmission to IC HWE08110 Same cause as that for sys tem with one outdoor unit Same causes as 1 5 for system with one outdoor unit Disconnection or short circuit of the transmission line for the outdoor unit on the termi nal block for centralized con trol line connection TB7 When multiple outdoor units are connected and the pow er source of one of the out door units has been shut off
191. he switch Indoor unit 1 Dipswitches 1 SW1 3 Switch I Function according to switch setting Switch setting timing Notes Set to ON built in sensor on the remote controller Room temperature er Built in sensor on detection Le Indoor unit inlet the remote controller 17 r Clogged filter detection Not available Available sss E Filter check reminder time setting 100h 2500h si 4 Outside air intake Disabled Enabled Always set to OFF on PKFY AM model units 5 Remote display option Fan output Thermo ON signal Gw si Humidifier control During heating operation Always on while in the heating mode isa 2 3 Fan speed setting for Heating Thermo OFF Very Low Low T SW1 Forced heating operation I pplicable to All Fresh model units at OA temp of SG or below Not available PEFY VMH F only Fan speed setting for According to the Heating Thermo OFF SVV1 7 setting Preset speed Applicable to All Fresh model units PEFY VMH F only 10 1Povver source start stop Disabled Enabled ww Unit model selection Heat pump Cooling only ii uci Not available Available Vane swing function Not available Available Always set to OFF on PKFY VAM model units SW3 hss Initial vane position Enabled Disabled PLFY VLMD model only conversion function While the unit is stopped EM Self recovery after power failure Disabled Enabled Remote controller OFF Not available Available s imi i Always set to Downblow B or C on Ni
192. i Lia ON Lx m Ae dsiq LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board 250 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ eJnue ay JO uonipuoo v g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx 6666 01 0000 lil LLOI LLOOLLLOOO yes 6666 0 0000 1914 0191 LLOOLLOLLL ec8 6666 01 0000 1914 621 LLOOLLOLLO CCS 6666 0 0000 JO 891 LLOOLLOLOL LZS 6666 0 0000 lil ZOI LLOOLLOLOO 0298 6666 01 0000 lil 90I LLOOLLOOLL 618 6666 01 0000 GOI LLOOLLOOLO 818 6666 01 0000 1914 FOI LLOOLLOOOL 118 6666 01 0000 lil COI LLOOLLO000 918 6666 01 0000 1914 OI LLOOLOLLLL 918 y eoueu JSE eouis SINOH 6666 01 0000 lil LOI LLOOLOLLLO v18 LLOOLOLLOL 18 LLOOLOLLOO 618 LLOOLOLOLL LLS LLOOLOLOLO 018 251 ws 7 7 ww pe LLOOLOLO00 808 7 1100100001 108 1100100000 008 LLOOOLLLLL 6 62 PP hu 9M LL o Hee SXJeuJo g Y Lia ON Lx m Ae dsiq LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board y eoueu 9 UIELU JSE eouis SINOH Er pe ejdsip si tuu s s yuea61119 ay JO uonipuoo ql g 6600 000 755557 8889900 00 75555 888900 0 x OO 75555 sss 0 0 75555 OO xn 75555 ssn 00 888900
193. ictions 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 1 Only use shielded cables Shielded cable connection Same as 5 1 Transmission line for centralized control Daisy chain terminals A and B on the system controller terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for transmis sion line for centralized control TB7 on the outdoor units OC in different refrigerant circuits and on the out door units OC and OS Note in the same refrigerant circuit If a power supply unit is not connected to the transmis sion line for centralized control replace the power jump er connector on the control board from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units If a system controller is connected set the central control switch SW2 1 on the control board of all outdoor units to ON Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are au tomatically designated as OC and OS in the order of ca pacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large 5 Address setting method Address setting range 01 to 50 Unit or controller 1 Indoor unit LOSSNAY MA remote con troller No settings re quired Main remote control ler Sub remote control ler Sub remote con troller Outdoor unit bh Only use shielded cables Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the S terminal on the terminal block T
194. igerant type 410 R410A Model and capacity H 20 Cooling Heating 20 HP For the first few minutes after power on the capacity of each outdoor unit is displayed Thereafter the com bined capacity is displayed Communication address 51 Address 51 After the initial settings have been completed the information on these items can be checked by making the switch setting that corresponds to No 517 in the LED display table Note Only item No 1 Software Version appears on the display if there is a wiring failure between the control board and the trans mission line power supply board or if the circuit board has failed HWE08110 213 GB X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 3 Time data storage function The outdoor unit has a simple clock function that enables the unit to calculate the current time with an internal timer by receiv ing the time set by the system controller such as G B 50A If an error including a preliminary error occurs the error history data and the error detection time are stored into the service memory The error detection time stored in the service memory and the current time can be seen on the service LED Note 1 Use the time displayed on the service LED as a reference 2 The date and the time are set to 00 by default If a system controller that sets the time such as G B 50A is not connected the elapsed time and days since the first power on will be dis
195. in the transmission path and unable to send signals ndoor unit 3 minutes Remote controller 6 seconds Cause Contact failure of the remote controller lines of MA remote controller or the indoor unit 2 or more remote controllers are set to MAIN Overlapped indoor unit address Noise interference on the remote controller lines Failure to meet wiring regulations Wire length Wire size Number of remote controllers Number of indoor units Problems with the circuit on the remote controller that sends or receives the signals from the remote controller Check method and remedy Check for disconnected or loose transmission lines for the indoor units or MA remote controllers Confirm that the power is supplied to the main power source and the remote controller line Confirm that MA remote controller s capacity limit is not exceeded Check the sub main setting of the MA remote controllers One of them must be set to MAIN Diagnose the remote controller described in the remote controller installation manual OK no problems with the remote controller check the wiring regulations NG Replace the MA remote controller 6832 6833 ERC Due to noise interference lt Go to 6 gt Check wave shape noise on MA remote controller line by following IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 184 When no problems are found with items 1 through 6 replace the indoor unit board or the MA remote controller The foll
196. ipment is suspected HWE08110 208 GB IX Troubleshooting 8 Installation Instructions for the Control Box Snow Guard Accessories Z CAUTION Infiltration of snow into the control box may result in the shorted circuit and equipment damages Properly install the field wiring according to the instructions 1 Parts list Following the instructions below protect the wires with the supplied materials to keep snow from entering the unit and damaging the wires Before starting work check that the package includes the parts Sealing material A Sealing material B Plate A ScrewM4x12 u 2 5 This document 1 pc 1 pc Refer to the Installation Manual for detailed information about wiring lt Protecting the power supply wire transmission lines and sensor wires gt 1 Attach Sealing material A to Frame MU control box supporting bracket using the slit on Part A to properly align it lt Figure 2 gt 2 Install Plate A in the way that the sealing material wraps the power supply wires lt Figure 3 gt 2 Installation instructions Frame MU Se EC je a Oh d w FH OQ HT Ae r ulur m sad li Snow guard Frame MB Plate A Power wire INV output wire Unit wire 200V system lines Unit wires sensors lt Figure 1 gt Align Sealing material attatch it Part A 2 pcs z slit Sealing y material Sealing Z Sealing Cutter knife Seali Screw ealing material A Attach
197. ir may be discharged F directly into the room when the thermo is turned off Unit installed on an unstable surface may fall and cause in Direct exposure to outdoor air may have an adverse effect on health lt may also result in food spollage Only use specified cables Securely connect each ca ble so that the terminals do not carry the weight of the Properly install the unit according to the instructions cable in the installation manual Improperly connected or fixed cables may produce heat Improper installation may result in water leakage electric and start a fire shock smoke and or fire Take appropriate safety measures against strong Have all electrical work performed by an authorized winds and earthquakes to prevent the unit from falling electrician according to the local regulations and in structions in this manual and a dedicated circuit must be used If the unit is not installed properly the unit may fall and Cause serious injury to the person or damage to the unit Insufficient capacity of the power supply circuit or improper Do not make any modifications or alterations to the installation may result in malfunctions of the unit electric unit Consult your dealer for repair shock smoke and or fire Improper repair may result in water leakage electric shock smoke and or fire Do not touch the heat exchanger fins The fins are sharp and dangerous HWE08110 GB N WARNING Securely attach the te
198. is LED Is the error code 710 displayed Check 4 YES Check for 5 and 6 Correct Error found Replace the ME remote the error Error found controller with the MA NO remote controller NO Indoor unit board or MA remote controller failure Check 1 Correct the error Refer to section IX 4 7 2 Troubleshooting transmission power circuit of outdoor unit for how to check the first item in the flowchart above page 203 HWE08110 173 GB IX Troubleshooting Flow chart 2110 5 ay sjeeu jeu ay esf ing pJeoq 04JUO9 JUN Joopul ay eoejdes y JO 841M BY 40 YOOUD N uonegedo ay doa pJeoq 04UO9 JOOPU u JO Jej o nuoo v eoejdes 11080 91 au USYM 1200 10119 ue seog S4n220 410JJS OU USYM SHUN JOOPUI Jayjo ul SJn990 10119 OU Jey YOSYD jun JOOpUI eDexoed jueuudinbe ay 409 d the indoor and the outdoor units do not start runn lun Joopu beyoed SIA juawdinba ay YIM yne oN SHA 04UO9 yun JOOPUI ay eoe dey is presse ika OL VMS 94 19S da a J0 Z O 195 YOJIMS VMS 440 gueu Alosinduwoo au s eu uoissiusueJ LAN W 84 40 uesa yoI pieoq 04JUO9 JOOPUI Bujuojounyyew ay Y29409 euawousud z oj Jej o 3uoo BOW V N Jo ases ay Ul SHA d ndul jeus 440 oway ay si 9
199. is found replace the indoor unit board HWE08110 171 GB IX Troubleshooting In the case of MA remote controller 2 Phenomena When the remote controller operation SW is turned on the operation status briefly appears on the display then it goes off and the display lights out immediately and the unit stops 1 Cause 1 The power for the M NET transmission line is not supplied from the outdoor unit 2 Short circuit of the transmission line 3 Incorrect wiring of the M NETtransmission line on the outdoorunit Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller or disconnected line to the terminal block The indoor transmission line is connected incorrectly to the transmission terminal block for centralized controller TB7 The male power supply connectors on the multiple outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 In the system to which the power supply unit for transmission lines is connected the male power supply connector is connect ed to the female power supply switch connector CN40 on the outdoor unit 4 Disconnected M NET transmission line on the indoor unit side Disconnected wire between the terminal block for M NET line TB5 of the indoor unit and the indoor unit board CN2M or disconnected connector 2 Check method and remedy 1 When 2 and 3 above apply check code 7102 will be displayed on the self diagnosis LED Same symptom for all units in NO system with
200. is registered or con firmed common 1 2 A wrong address is set to the unit to be coupled The transmission line of the unit to be coupled is dis connected or is not connected Circuit board failure of the unit to be coupled Improper transmission line work Generates at interlocking registration between LOSS NAY and the indoor unit 5 The power of LOSSNAY is OFF Generates at confirmation of controllers used in the system in which the indoor units connected to different outdoor units are grouped 6 HWE08110 The power of the outdoor unit to be confirmed has been cut off Transmission line is disconnected from the terminal block for central control system connection TB7 on the outdoor unit When the indoor units connected to different outdoor units are grouped without MELANS the male power supply connector is not connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the trans mission line for centralized control The male power supply connectors on 2 or more out door units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for centralized control In the system to which MELANS is connected the male power supply connector is connected to the fe male power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for centralized control Short circuit of the transmission line for centralized control 1 2 3 1 2 178 Confirm
201. ith different refrigerant systems are connected 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit The connected indoor unit is for use with R22 Check the connected indoor unit model or R407C Incorrect type of indoor units are Check whether the connecting adapter for connected M NET is not connected to the indoor unit The M NET connection adapter is connected Connect the connecting adapter for M NET to the indoor unit system in a system in which to the outdoor unit the Slim Model A control of units are con nected to the M NET HWE08110 170 IX Troubleshooting 1 Troubleshooting according to the remote controller malfunction or the external input error In the case of MA remote controller 1 Phenomena Even if the operation button on the remote controller is pressed the display remains unlit and the unit does not start run ning Power indicator does not appear on the screen 1 Cause 1 The power is not supplied to the indoor unit The main power of the indoor unit is not on The connector on the indoor unit board has come off The fuse on the indoor unit board has melted Transformer failure and disconnected wire of the indoor unit 2 Incorrect wiring for the MA remote controller Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller or disconnected line to the terminal block Short circuited MA remote controller wiring Incorrect wiring of the MA remote controller cables Inco
202. ith one outdoor unit exceeds limitations 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit 1 The model total of indoor units in the sys tem with one outdoor unit exceeds the fol lowing table The model selection switches SW5 1 5 4 on the outdoor unit are set incorrectly GER The outdoor unit and the auxiliary unit OS that is connected to the same system are not properly connected HWE08110 163 Check the model total capacity code total of in door units connected Check the model name capacity code of the connected indoor unit set by the switch SW2 on indoor unit board When the model name set by the switch is differ ent from that of the unit connected turn off the power source of the outdoor and the indoor units and change the setting of the model name ca pacity code Check the setting for the model selection switch on the outdoor unit Dipswitches SW5 1 5 4 on the outdoor unit control board Confirm that the TB3 on the OC and OS are properly connected GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Capacity code setting error 2 Error definition and error detection method Connection of incompatible wrong capacity code indoor unit or outdoor unit 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit The model name capacity code set by Indoor unit the switch SW2 is wrong The capacity of the indoor unit can be confirmed by the self diagnosis fun
203. ition and error detection method The heatsink temperature THHS remains at or above 100 C 212 F for 10 minutes or more at inverter startup 3 Cause check method and remedy Same as 4230 error HWE08110 140 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Return air temperature sensor TH21 fault Indoor unit Return air temperature sensor TH4 fault OA processing unit 5102 Pipe temperature sensor TH22 fault Indoor unit Pipe temperature sensor TH2 fault OA processing unit i Gas side pipe temperature sensor TH23 fault Indoor unit Gas side pipe temperature sensor TH3 fault OA processing unit Intake air temperature sensor TH1 fault OA processing unit Intake air temperature sensor TH24 fault All fresh 100 outdoor air type indoor unit 2 Error definition and error detection method If a short or an open is detected during thermostat ON the outdoor unit turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes When the error is not restored after 3 minutes if restored the outdoor unit runs normally the outdoor unit makes an error stop Short detectable at 90 C 194 F or higher Open detectable at 40 C 40 F or lower Sensor error at gas side cannot be detected under the following conditions During heating operation During cooling operation for 3 minutes after the compressor turns on 3 Cause check method and remedy Thermistor failure Check the thermistor resistor 0 C 32 F 15 kohm Co
204. iv gau es PP p mono Le sdu JOS 9 jo ejdnjnuu 6 lul ue eq IIM V V 6666 01 0000 OOOLOLLOLL L jueJuno indino jo AouenbauJ ay sdi pun KouenbeJ 4WOD A j j ea ll TT jun SO320 ZH Io nuoo EMEN E10 0001010110 o O tun s Dv vil 5 5 5 o 88466 SNA Dv v 5 5 5 5 886960 oO og 8 S600990 RLRE ODIO ze AAA s 66060 6 NN ANETO 18 6006011 9669200 Mof omo og 8s e8 ga sof own 6 x j 8 s 1 8990 OX ooo o oL peso 222 ff mmm ll eon 92 ll mm x x o o pese gl ff seem 22 ua ON ejep juan HWE08110 poAeldsip si wa s s yue a6B11J91 941US ay JO uonipuoo u g j enpiaIpul paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul NL uonons Joden Jam paula O 6666 01 0000 000LLLOLOO QL L apou y O U JUSM yun y seuin JO JequinN 000LLLOOLL GLL 000LLL00L0 Vi 000LLL000L KLL 0001110000 CLL A V 6 666 01 0 00 O00LLOLLLL LLL SI HUN DE OA snq 4 OOOLLOLLLO OLL OOOLLOLLOL 601 000LL0LLO00 801 OOOLLOLOLL 101 OOOLLOLOLO 901 OOOLLOLOOL SOL 00tL uado Buiuedo A31 Y UUPL 01 09 0001101000 PU L O87 uado And Buiuedo A31 100p1NO 08r 010 00
205. ized control must be performed as follows 1 When no grounding is provided Ground the shield of the transmission cable by connecting to the outdoor unit whose power jumper connector was moved from CN41 to CN40 or to the power supply unit When an error occurs even though one point grounding is provided Ground the shield on all outdoor units 2 Check the followings when the error 6607 occurs or HO appears on the display on the remote controller T The farthest distance of transmission line is Check that the farthest distance from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit and to the remote controller is within 200m 656ft 200m 656ft or longer Use the specified transmission line Type Shielded wire CVVS CPEVS MVVS For ME remote control ler Diameter 1 25mm4 AWG16 or more Remote controller wire 0 3 1 25mm AWG22 16 8 types of transmission lines are different 9 Outdoor unit circuit board failure Replace the outdoor unit control board or the power supply board for the transmission line 10 Indoor unit circuit board failure or remote con Replace the indoor unit circuit board or the remote controller troller failure 11 The MA remote controller is connected to the M Connect the MA remote controller to the terminal block for MA re NET transmission line mote controller TB 15 HWE08110 185 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 MAremote controller transmission The communication between the MA remo
206. k pressure difference between the detected pressure by the pressure sensor and the actual pressure with self diagnosis LED gt If the accurate pressure is not detected check the pressure sensor Refer to the page on Trouble shooting of Pressure Sensor Higher inlet pressure by the high pressure sensor than the actual pressure causes insufficient capac ity SW1 setting High pressure sensor yy 12 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 ON Low pressure sensor SW1 12 3 4 56 7 8 910 ON Check the difference between the condensing tem perature Tc and the target condensing tempera ture Tcm with self diagnosis LED Higher Tc than Tcm causes insufficient capacity SW1 setting Condensing temperature Tc SW1 12 3 4 56 7 8 910 ON Target condensing temperature Tcm SW1 12 3456 7 8 9 10 ON Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise even at lower Tc than Tcm due to high dis charge temperature and high pressure At high discharge temperature Refer to 1102 page 121 At high pressure Refer to 1302 page 123 GB IX Troubleshooting Indoor unit LEV malfunction Refer to the page of LEV troubleshooting 4 5 Insufficient refrigerant flows due to LEV malfunction page 191 not enough opening Temperature reading error on the indoor unit piping Check the thermistor temperature sensor If the temperature reading on the sensor is higher than the actual temperature it makes the subcool
207. l will be deformed leading to the malfunction of the inner valve 4 Outdoor Unit Fan To check the revolution of the fan check the inverter output state on the self diagnosis LED as the inverter on the outdoor fan controls the revolutions of the fan The revolution of the fan is approximately 680rpm at full speed When starting the fan the fan runs at full speed for 5 seconds When setting the DIP SW1 as shown in the figure below the inverter output will appear 100 indicates the full speed and 0 indicates the stopping SW1 12 3 1551 5 910 ON As the revolution of the fan changes under control at the interphase or when the indoor unit operation capacity is low the revolution of the fan may change If the fan does not move or it vibrates Fan board problem or fan motor problem is suspected Refer to 6 2 5 Check the fan motor ground fault or the winding page 198 and 6 2 6 Check the Fan board failure page 198 HWE08110 190 GB IX Troubleshooting 5 LEV LEV operation LEV Indoor unit Linear expansion valve LEV1 LEV2a LEV2b and LEV4 Outdoor unit Linear expansion valve are step ping motor driven valves that operate by receiving the pulse signals from the indoor and outdoor unit control boards 1 Indoor LEV and Outdoor LEV LEV2a LEV2b The valve opening changes according to the number of pulses 1 Indoor and outdoor unit control boards and the LEV I
208. llation manual for the outdoor unit for details on how to make the address setting Each address is set with a combination of the settings for the 10 s digit and 1 s digit Example When setting the address to 3 set the 1 s digit to 3 and the 10 s digit to 0 When setting the address to 25 set the 1 s digit to 5 and the 10 s digit to 2 3 Function of the switch lt Remote controller gt 1 MA remote controller PAR 20MAA The SW is located at the bottom of the remote controller under the cover Operate the switches to perform the remote con troller main sub setting or other function settings Normally do not change the settings of switches other than the SW1 maini sub switching switch All the switches are set to ON at factory setting de T Switching switch S Note Remote controller main sub setting At power on of the remote controller Cooling heating display set by automatic setting Suction temperature display discharge temperature display Normal startup Displayed Displayed OFF Sub Timer mode startup Not displayed Not displayed Remote controller Operation by switch settings Switch setting timing When two remote controllers are connected to one group set either of the remote Before power on controllers to Sub When the program timer only few stock products are available is connected set to Timer mode startup to resume the operation with timer mode after p
209. los GAS Buiyoyms ener Aem y EYSIZ uoneue dx3 joquiAs uoneue dx3 OQU S sosseudwoy 10 ASLV O0V 08E E 3 ANE JIMOJ lt uonyeuejdxa joqu g gt yno Aqddns Rare uc 13N W J0J UOO eu ejeoipur seui USEP JOG o Ajddns Jemod LG37 2 pes mojo yun au YM perjddns jou ro Bum ejeoipur saul L IR m H rro FE HA rE iz 1440 26271 ez elle 1225 028 mi R er mano 280 S EH 20140 GENO SEND NENO MENO oll oelq CHL ass GLZNO Jojoeuuoo VSH 9 q LOZNO Neon amp uoge1edo ut nd2 2d31 I T 5169 TH ZOZNO CSHE9 dm d e paJamod U9UA 116941 H1 SE y ZLZNO a 181 m an usss E x pai au GEA ele AA ST Loop jndino uol 59 p 10113 lt n pdALNO ndjno 440 NO JosseiduJog ol ueaf EHH SdALNO A L CS LSNO ACL Dunes ZdALNO Kelds q uonoun H IMS ZMS MS YMS SNS Bun s ee BE OL OL OL OL OL ss ppe yun FE i EAT Sh 3 JANO SL SOL L L L L L NO 340 NO 440 NO 440 NO 340 NO 440 T t FHER 1031 pJeog 1 onuo2 qzA31 tl E EE d n E 7 a Sune ISmo L 101 C p rs O Bees am E 0442 ziNo gt ar BR Le Ajddns ME vae 1 Q2 ors remod NO ml te ZEENO ZOLND LO8NO LOLNO Se 21 hz a PR zi od El et Mu
210. losed to slightly open to prevent the refrigerant seal LEV2a and LEV2b open when the outdoor unit remains stopped for 15 minutes to allow for the collection of refrigerant in the outdoor unit heat exchanger and to enable the evacuation of the outdoor unit heat exchanger If the power is turned of in less than 5 minutes LEV2a and LEV2b may close trapping high pressure refrigerant in the outdoor unit heat exchanger and creating a highly dangerous situation 2 Therefore if the power source is turned off within 30 minutes the lev remains fully closed and the refrigerant remains sealed When only the power for the indoor unit is turned off the indoor unit LEV turns from faintly open to fully closed HWE08110 204 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Leak spot In the case of extension pipe for indoor unit Heating season 1 Run all the indoor units in heating test run mode 1 To run the indoor unit in test run mode turn SW3 2 from ON to OFF when SW3 1 on the outdoor control board is ON 2 Change the setting of the remote controller for all the indoor units to the heating mode 3 Check that all the indoor units are performing a heating operation 2 Stop all the indoor units and stop the compressor 1 To stop all the indoor units and the compressors turn SW3 2 from ON to OFF when SW3 1 on the outdoor control board is ON 2 Check that all the indoor units are stopped 3 Close the refrigerant service valves BV1 and BV2 4 Collec
211. lve and capillary Clogged expansion valve capillary tubes and drier Poor cooling performance Dust dirt Compressor overheat Infiltration of Kemmer of contaminants into the com Burn in on the orbiting scroll contaminants Kemmer Sludge formation and adhesion Clogged expansion valve and capillary tubes Poor cooling performance Compressor overheat Oil degradation Burn in on the orbiting scroll Mineral oil etc 1 Contaminants is defined as moisture air processing oil dust dirt wrong types of refrigerant and refrigerating machine oil HWE08110 13 GB 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 HWE08110 II Restrictions System e eT ICO EE 17 Types and Maximum allowable Length of Cables 18 Switch Settings and Address Settings 19 Sample System local 25 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 26 An Example of a System to which an ME Remote Controller is connected 36 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller aro eal ea EN adam 38 Restrictions on Pipe L T aaa aaa saxlamaya simada 40 15 GB 16 II Restrictions 1 System configuration 1 Table of compatible indoor units The tabl
212. m 2 When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 is approximately 4 15MPa 601psi the control board has a problem 4 Remove the high pressure sensor the intermediate pressure sensor from the control board and short circuit be tween the No 2 and 3 connectors 63HS1 CN201 63HS2 CN992 to check the pressure with self diagnosis LED1 1 When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 4 15MPa 601psi the high pressure sensor has a problem 2 If other than 1 the control board has a problem 2 High pressure sensor intermediate perssure sensor configuration The high pressure sensor consists of the circuit shown in the figure below If DC 5V is applied between the red and the black wires voltage corresponding to the pressure between the white and the black wires will be output and the value of this voltage will be converted by the microcomputer The output voltage is 0 071V per 0 098MPa 14psi Note The pressure sensor on the body side is designed to connect to the connector The connector pin number on the body side is different from that on the control board side 4 5 653 1 0 580 Pressure 0 4 15 MPa 601psi 1508 Vout 0 5 3 5 V 3 0 435 0 071 V 0 098 MPa 14 psi o o 2 5 363 amp Connector 1
213. m om sm m em a m KTM y Lieu ON Lx ejep juan 161 961 221 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board poAeldsip si wa s s yueJa6B11J91 ay JO uonipuoo u g Apjjenpiarpur paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo 9Y NL 00000000 ver x ATEOS ff Kk 96 O A 569 NON o O oL pesi os x e ll sw esi x A O Rn L x O TT ll omg o ll sooo 6 x A O ATEO Ire pino T R or ll ATEO x A TK ll tort eri ll boOhlbr o a o 9004400 or a a A o soo e so oo 801 101 901 901 POT cdl cal LAT NA SyJeulos ON ejdsig LMS ejep juan 222 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board poAeldsip si wa s s jueJeBujeJ ay JO uonipuoo u g Ajjenpiarpur paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul NL u 221 hu 9 x O _ uuu s 777 fan 00 pt ll p sono ll p sono 20 x peso z ll p soo o ll Long os T AE o TOS x O sooo e DEN ON ejep uang 223 HWE08110 poAeldsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ ay JO uonipuoo u g Apjjenpiarpur paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul NL el 0011001000 o 0210 1000 Jeuanul yo sjEJeP 10113 J H AU JO SIIEJOP
214. me capacity in the order of address from small to large 3 Turn off the power to all the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit HWE08110 19 GB II Restrictions 2 M NET Address settings 1 Address settings table The need for address settings and the range of address setting depend on the configuration of the system Unit or controller Address setting range Setting method CITY MULTI in Main sub unit 10 Assign the smallest address to the main indoor unit in the door unit 01 to 501 group and assign sequential address numbers to the rest of the indoor units in the same group M NET adapter M NET control in terface Free Plan adapt er 0 LOSSNAY OA processing unit 00 Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of Air handling kit 01 to 507 these units after assigning an address to all indoor units ME remote con 1 Main remote 101 to 150 Add 100 to the smallest address of all the indoor units 101 troller controller in the same group Sub remote 151 to 200 Add 150 to the smallest address of all the indoor units controller in the same group MA remote controller No address settings required The main sub setting must be made if 2 Main remote controllers are connected to the system CITY MULTI outdoor unit 00 F Assign sequential addresses to the outdoor units in the 51 to 10013 same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated a
215. ment material C material A surface y A 3 3 dis Screw down lt Figure 2 gt PlateA L lt Figure 3 gt e lt Figure 4 gt Note Make a slit on Sealing materials A and C as necessary to accommodate the power wire Figure 4 Note Leave no space between the power wire and the sealing materials lt Figure 5 gt 3 Close the gap between the power wire daisy chained wires with Sealing materials B 2 types supplied Wrap the sealing material around the power wire at below the snow guard to keep it out of contact with the power supply terminal block lt Figure 5 gt Attach Sealing material B 1 to Frame MB Attach Sealing material B 2 as shown in Figure 5 4 To close the gap between the rubber bush and wires wrap the section of the unit wire sensor and transmission lines below the rubber bush with pipe covers Insert the pipe covers between the snow guard and Frame MB and keep them in place with tie bands lt Figure 1 and Figrue 6 gt Snow guard X 1 Tie bands Attach Sealing material B 2 Wire here Attachment Transmission lines Saca Pipe cover Sensors Attach Sealing Ba material B 1 to Fwa Frame MB Frame MB lt Figure 6 gt lt Figure 5 gt HWE08110 209 GB 210 X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 1 How to Read the LED on the Service Monitor HWE08110 211 GB 212 X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 1 How to Read
216. mote controller that sends or receives the signals from the remote controller Check method and remedy Check for disconnected or loose transmission lines for the indoor units or MA remote controllers Confirm that the power is supplied to the main power source and the remote controller line Confirm that MA remote controller s capacity limit is not exceeded Check the sub main setting of the MA remote controllers One of them must be set to MAIN Diagnose the remote controller described in the remote controller installation manual OK no problems with the remote controller check the wiring regulations NG Replace the MA remote controller 6832 6833 ERC Due to noise interference Go to 6 Check wave shape noise on MA remote controller line by following IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 184 When no problems are found with items 1 through 6 replace the indoor unit board or the MA remote controller The following status can be confirmed on LED1 and 2 on the indoor unit board IF LED1 is lit the main power source of the indoor unit is turned on elf LED2 is lit the MA remote controller line is being powered HWE08110 159 GB IX Troubleshooting S TES N O 0 Error Code MA remote controller signal transmission error Synchronization error Error definition and error detection method MA remote controller and the indoor unit is not done properly Failure to detect opening
217. mount of refrigerant 1 To be checked during operation Operate all indoor units in either cooling only or heating only mode and check such items as discharge temperature subcool ing low pressure suction temperature and shell bottom temperature to estimate the amount of refrigerant in the system Discharge temperature is high Normal discharge temperature is below 95 C 203 F Slightly under l charged refrigerant Low pressure is unusually low Suction superheat is large Normal suction superheat is less than 20 C 36 F Compressor shell bottom temperature is high The difference between the compressor shell bottom temperature and low pressure saturation temperature Te is greater than 60 C 108 F Discharge superheat is small Normal discharge superheat is greater than 10 C 18 F Slightly overcharged refrigerant Compressor shell bottom temperature is low The difference between the compressor shell bot tom temperature and low pressure saturation temperature Te is less than 5 C 9 F HWE08110 103 GB VIII Test Run Mode 3 Amount of refrigerant to be added The amount of refrigerant that is shown in the table below is factory charged to the outdoor units The amount necessary for extended pipe field piping is not included and must be added on site Outdoor unit model HP200 HP250 Amount of pre charged refrigerant in the outdoor unit kg Amount of pre charged refrigerant in th
218. mpressor failure Check the discharge temperature to determine if The amount of circulating refrigerant decreases due the refrigerant leaks as it rises if there is a leak to refrigerant leak in the compressor 10 LEV1 malfunction Refer to the page of LEV troubleshooting Sufficient liquid refrigerant is not be supplied to the 4 5 page 191 indoor unit as sufficient sub cool cannot be secured It most likely happens when there is little difference due to LEV1 malfunction or no difference between TH3 and TH6 11 TH6 and 63HS1 sensor failure or faulty wiring Check the thermistor LEV1 is not controlled normally Check wiring 12 LEV2a and 2b actuation failure Refer to the page on troubleshooting the LEV 4 A drop in the low pressure that is caused either by a 5 page 191 blockage of liquid pipe or by a pressure loss and the resultant slowing of refrigerant flow causes a tenden cy for the discharge temperature to rise HWE08110 180 IX Troubleshooting 2 Phenomena Although heating operation starts with the normal remote controller display the capacity is not enough 1 Cause check method and remedy Compressor frequency does not rise sufficiently Faulty detection of pressure sensor Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to high discharge temperature Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to high pressure HWE08110 181 Chec
219. nabled Anytime after povver on A abled disabled Test run mode ON Stops all ICs Sends a test run After power on and when A OFF signal to all IC SW3 1 is on 7 start temper 10 C 14 F 5 C 23 F Anytime after power on La ature Defrost end temper r Anytime after power on eration Target evaporating Depends on the setting combination with Anytime after power on A temperature setting the SW2 9 setting Note 4 Temperature unit SE F Anytime after power on setting Target condensing A temperature setting 49 C 120 F 53 C 127 F for heating To cande external Outdoor standard Outdoor high static Before being energized B Static pressure setting Static pressure pressure Model setting High static pressure High static pressure C To change the external 60P 30P Before being energized static pressure setting a a Anytime after being energized A except during initial startup mode adjustment mode adjust mode Automatically cancelled 90 minutes after compressor startup Low noise mode step demand switch B meee Step demand mode Before being energized M Automatic cooling heat Normal operation Automatic cooling A ing switchover IC with d heat itch Before being energized the minimum address mode eating switchover Cumulative compressor Cumulative compressor Cumulative compressor Anytime after power on when QD o Refrigerant amount 1 Normal operati
220. nder the applicable item numbers below 1 Error code appears on the LED display Refer to IX 2 Responding to Error Display on the Remote Controller 2 LED is blank Take the following troubleshooting steps 1 If the voltage between pins 1 and 3 of CNDC on the control board is outside the range between 220 VDC and 320 VDC refer to IX 4 7 2 Troubleshooting transmission power circuit of outdoor unit 2 If the LED error display becomes lit when the power is turned on with all the connectors on the control board except CNDE disconnected there is a problem with the wiring to those connectors or with the connectors themselves 3 If nothing appears on the display under item 2 above AND the voltage between pins 1 and 3 of CNDC is within the range between 220 VDC and 320 VDC control board failure is suspected 3 Only the software version appears on the LED display 1 Only the software version appears while the transmission cables to TB3 and TB7 are disconnected 1 Wiring failure between the control board and the transmission line power supply board CN1T CNS2 CN102 2 f item 1 checks out OK the transmission line power supply board failure is suspected 3 Ifitems 1 and 2 check out OK control board failure is suspected 2 If the LED display appears as noted in X 1 2 LED display at Initial setting while the transmission cables to TB3 and TB7 are disconnected failure with the transmission cable or the connected equ
221. ndividually by setting SW 1 9 and 1 10 With connection Not required Grouped not to the central Powered from the grouped ized control outdoor unit system 475 Operation of the indoor unit when the operation is resumed after the unit was Setting SW1 Function 57 2717 O Povver ON OFF by Indoor unit will go into operation regardless of its operation status before power bad ON the plug off power failure In approx 5 minutes FF ON OFF Automatic restoration Indoor unit will go into operation if it was in operation when the power was ON after power failure turned off or cut off due to power failure In approx 5 minutes OFF Indoor unit will remain stopped regardless of its operation status before power off power failure 1 Do not cut off power to the outdoor unit Cutting off the power supply to the outdoor unit will cut off the power supply to the crankcase heater and may cause the compressor to malfunction when the unit is put back into operation 2 Not applicable to units with a built in drain pump or humidifier 3 Models with a built in drain pump cannot be turned on off by the plug individually All the units in the same refrigerant cir cuits will be turned on or off by the plug 4 Requires that the dipswitch settings for all the units in the group be made 5 To control the external input to and output from the air conditioners with the PLC software for general equipment via the
222. ndoor unit Linear expansion valve Outdoor control board Intermediate connector Note The connector numbers on the intermediate connector and the connector on the control board differ Check the color of the lead wire to judge the number 2 Pulse signal output and valve operation Output Output state Output pulses change in the following orders when the phase Valve is closed 1 gt 2 3 4 1 ER Valve is open 4 32214 1 When the LEV opening angle does not change all the output phases will be off 2 When the output is open phase or remains ON the motor cannot run smoothly and rattles and vibrates 3 LEV valve closing and opening operation When the power is turned on the valve closing signal of 2200 pulses will be output from the indoor board to LEV to fix the valve position It must be fixed at point When the valve operates smoothly no sound from LEV or no vibration occurs however when the pulses change from E to A in the chart or the valve is locked a big sound occurs Whether a sound is generated or not can be determined by holding a screwdriver against it then placing your ear against the handle Valve closed f Valve open Valve opening refrigerant flow rate Fully open 1400 pulses NS Pulses 80 100 pulses HWE08110 191 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 Outdoor LEV LEV1 LEV4 The valve opening changes according to th
223. ng refrigerant recovery mode The refrigerant recovery mode starts when all the following conditions are met 30 minutes have passed since the completion of previous refrigerant recovery When the unit keeps running for 3 minutes in a row or more with high discharge temperature 4 gt 105 C 221 F or 63HS1 gt 3 43 MPa 497 psi 35 kg em G and SCO gt 10 C 18 F Refrigerant recovery The opening of LEV1 is increased and periodic control begins again 9 Capacity Control of Outdoor Fan and Heat Exchanger 1 Control method Depending on the capacity required the rotation speed of the outdoor unit fan is controlled by the inverter targeting a constant evaporation temperature of 0 C 32 F 0 71 MPa 103 psi during cooling operation and constant condensing temperature of 53 C 127 F 3 17 MPa 460 psi during heating operation The OS in the multiple outdoor unit system operates at the actual outdoor unit fan control value that is calculated by the OS based on the preliminary outdoor unit fan control value that the OC determines 2 Control Outdoor unit fan stops while the compressor is stopped except in the presence of input from snow sensor The fan operates at full speed for 5 seconds after start up Only when TH7 lt 0 C 32 F The outdoor unit fan stops during defrost operation HWE08110 88 GB VII Control 10 Linear expansion valve control Linear expansion valve performs in each op
224. nit address display window If registration is successfully completed the two displays as shown on the left will appear alternately If the registration fails EE will blink on the display Indicates that the selected address does not have a corresponding unit HE blinks to indicate a registration error Indicates that selected address does not have a corresponding unit Displayed alternately 5 To register the addresses for multiple indoor units repeat steps 3 and 4 above To search for an address go to section 2 Address Search To next page Interlock all the indoor units in the group with the LOSSNAY units otherwise the LOSSNAY units will not operate HWE08110 56 GB IV Remote Controller C To return to the normal display When all the group settings and interlock settings are made take the following step to go back to the normal display 0 Press and hold buttons A FILTER and B simultaneously for 2 seconds to go back to the window as shown in step 1 2 Address search To search for the address of indoor units that have been entered into the remote controller follow steps Vand 1 Bring up the Group Setting window Each pressing of button E will bring up the address of a registered indoor unit and its unit type on the display A To search group settings Entry found Unit type Indoor unit in
225. nnector contact failure 10 C 50 F 9 7 kohm 20 C 68 F 6 4 kohm 30 C 86 F 4 3 kohm 40 C 104 F 3 1 kohm Disconnected wire or partial disconnected thermistor wire Unattached thermistor or contact failure Indoor board detection circuit failure Check the connector contact When no fault is found the indoor board is a failure HWE08110 141 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code HIC bypass circuit outlet temperature sensor TH2 fault Outdoor unit Heat exchanger outlet temperature sensor TH3 fault Outdoor unit Discharge temperature sensor TH4 fault Outdoor unit HIC circuit outlet temperature sensor TH6 fault Outdoor unit 5107 Outside temperature sensor TH7 fault Outdoor unit 2 Error definition and error detection method When a short high temperature intake or an open low temperature intake of the thermistor is detected the first detection the outdoor unit stops turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts when the detected temperature of the thermistor When a short or an open is detected again the second detection after the first restart of the outdoor unit the outdoor unit stops turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts in 3 minutes when the detected temperature is within the normal range When a short or an open is detected again the third detection after the previous restart of the outdoor unit the outdoor unit makes an
226. no Kit so oo em m al sm va em zm m osez srezi av ue ON ejep uang syJeuway 230 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSBUJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx KITTS ETT oam oam 0101011010 0101011001 0101011000 KITTS KITE 0101010101 0101010100 0101010011 0101010010 0101010001 0101010000 onion 0101001110 ETT 0101001400 ovoroororr wee 0101001010 o ororooror 6 0101001000 8 Lei Aejdsiq LMS ejep juan 0 6 8 Z G LFC GE ve ve ve Ore ve ve ve Ze Ore 666 gee 166 966 cee yee CC 266 CC 26 26 ON 801 101 901 901 st HWE08110 231 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board pe ejdsip si ujejs s JUBJS UJSJ ay JO uonipuoo ay g Ajenpriaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V Lx PP m ngen PP att t000 Las OLOLLLOLLL we uo E TE NNN NN TO LL NN spuooes Ala A jeyeuJaye paAejdsig syJeuway TT eooo s m aan s t mamm gt mo mam gt Goo ssni gt mem mamm gt 856900 sonin mem mamm gt mem mamm gt 8969090 men 0 mem mamm gt mem mamm gt eooo mmm gt eooo mmm gt eo
227. not be checked YES Check the fuse on the circuit board YES Check the connection of the connector Check the resistance value of the transformer a Ne EE EE A ie N 7 G S Check for the change of LED Check self diagnosis function display by operating dip gt EEN switch SW1 for 5707006 bs 2525205 Changed Accidental error Outdoor unit board failure 1 Refer to the parts catalog transformer check HWE08110 176 Check 200V circuit for short circuit and around fault Connector contact failure Check self diagnosis function of outdoor unit after the power on Changed 00 NO Check the main power of the power supply wire Check the cause of the mm disconnected transformer Within specification Ground fault on the circuit board Ground fault of the sensor and the LEV Indoor unit control board failure Turn on the power again A Correct the error GB IX Troubleshooting In case of ME remote controller 3 Phenomena HO display on the remote controller does not disappear and no operation is performed even if the button is pressed 1 Cause Without using MELANS 1 Outdoor unit address is set to OO 2 A wrong address is set The address of the indoor unit that is connected to the remote controller is incorrect It should equal the ME remote controller address plus 100 A wrong address is set to the ME remote controller
228. nsmission line for centralized control TB7 on the outdoor units OC in different refrigerant circuits and on the OC and OS in the same refrigerant circuit If a power supply unit is not connected to the transmis sion line for centralized control replace the power jump er connector on the control board from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units 5 Address setting method Set the central control switch SW2 1 on the control board of all outdoor units to ON Only use shielded cables Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the S terminal on the terminal block TB7 on the outdoor units OC and OS with the shield wire of the shielded cable Short circuit the earth terminal 4 and the S terminal on the terminal block TB7 on the outdoor unit whose power jumper connector is mated with CN40 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Same as 5 1 Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 LOSSNAY connection Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block TB5 on the indoor units IC to the appropriate termi nals on the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmis sion line TB5 on LOSSNAY LC Non polarized 2 core cable Indoor units must be interlocked with the LOSSNAY unit using the system controller Refer to the operation man ual for the system controller for the setting method In terlock setting from the
229. nverter error in the error log at X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board Take appropriate measures to the error code and the error details in ac cordance with IX 2 Responding to Error Display on the Remote Con troller 2 Main power breaker trip Refer to 3 Trouble treatment when the main power breaker is tripped page 199 3 Main power earth leakage breaker trip Refer to 4 Trouble treatment when the main power earth leakage breaker is tripped page 199 4 Only the compressor does not operate Check the inverter frequency on the LED monitor and proceed to 2 4 if the compressor is in operation page 198 5 The compressor vibrates violently at all times or makes an abnor See 2 4 page 198 mal sound Only the fan motor does not operate Check the inverter frequency on the LED monitor and proceed to 2 6 if the fan motor is in operation page 198 7 The fan motor shakes violently at all times or makes an abnormal Check the inverter frequency on the LED monitor and proceed to 2 sound 6 if the fan motor is in operation page 198 Noise is picked up by the peripheral device 1 Check that power supply wiring of the peripheral device does not run close to the power supply wiring of the outdoor unit 2 Check if the inverter output wiring is not running parallel to the power supply wiring and the transmission lines 3 Check that the shielded wire is used as the transmission lin
230. o low discharge temperature Refer to the page on refrigerant amount Refrigerant recovery operation is likely to start adjustment page 103 11 Compressor failure same as in case of cooling Check the discharge temperature 12 LEV2a and 2b actuation failure Refer to the page on troubleshooting the LEV 4 A drop in the low pressure that is caused either by a 5 page 191 blockage of liquid pipe or by a pressure loss and the resultant slowing of refrigerant flow causes a tenden cy for the discharge temperature to rise HWE08110 182 IX Troubleshooting 3 Phenomena Outdoor unit stops at times during operation 1 Cause check method and remedy The first stop is not considered as an error as the Check the mode operated in the past by displaying unit turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes as a pre preliminary error history on LED display with SW1 liminary error Error mode Reoperate the unit to find the mode that stops the unit by displaying preliminary error history on LED Abnormal high pressure display with SW1 Abnormal discharge air temperature Refer to the reference page for each error mode Heatsink thermistor failure Display the indoor piping temperature table with SW1 to check whether the freeze proof operation Thermistor failure runs properly and check the temperature Pressure sensor failure Over current break Refrigerant overcharge Frost prevention tripping only under cooling mode may be
231. o the refrigerant cycle Thoroughly read the safety precautions at the beginning of this manual Preparing necessary tools Prepare a set of tools to be used exclusively with each type of refrigerant Refer to Necessary Tools and Materials for information on the use of tools page 4 Verification of the connecting pipes Verify the type of refrigerant used for the unit to be moved or replaced Use refrigerant pipes made of phosphorus deoxidized copper Keep the inner and outer surfaces of the pipes clean and free of such contaminants as sulfur oxides dust dirt shaving particles oil and water These types of contaminants inside the refrigerant pipes may cause the refrigerant oil to deteriorate If there is a leak of gaseous refrigerant and the remaining refrigerant is exposed to an open flame a poisonous gas hydrofluoric acid may form Keep workplace well ventilated N CAUTION Install new pipes immediately after removing old ones to keep moisture out of the refrigerant circuit The use of refrigerant that contains chloride such as R22 will cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate HWE08110 3 GB I Read Before Servicing 2 Necessary Tools and Materials Prepare the following tools and materials necessary for installing and servicing the unit Tools for use with R410A Adaptability of tools that are for use with R22 or R407C 1 To be used exclusively with R410A not to be used if used with R22 or R407C
232. ode on either the indoor unit or the outdoor unit side If some of the indoor units are experiencing a problem except water leakage only those indoor units that are experiencing the problems will stop If the outdoor unit is experiencing a problem all connected indoor units will stop Note 3 The operation will be prohibited when the set cooling heating mode is different from that of the outdoor unit HWE08110 94 GB VII Control 2 Outdoor unit cooling and heating modes Normal operation Error Breaker turned o YES Unit in the stopped state HO PLEASE WAIT blinks on the remote controller Indsorunits Note 1 registered to he gt NO remote controller YES f f From indoor unit Operation command r YES Operation mode Cooling Heating Note 2 YES Error mode Error display on the outdoor unit LED Self holding of protection function Error command to indoor unit 1 726 OFF 2 Inverter output OHz 3 Fan stop 4 All solenoid valves OFF Operation mode Refer to Cooling Dry Operation 2 1 and 2 3 Refer to heating Operation 2 2 Operation command to indoor unit To Note 1 For about 3 minutes after power on search for the indoor unit address for the remote controller address and for the group information will start
233. of an interlocked LOSSNAY unit Bring up the address of another registered unit on the display After completing step 3 a subsequent pressing of button El O will bring up the address of another registered unit The display method is the same as the one in step 3 Address of another interlocked unit To delete an address go to section 3 Address Deletion The addresses of the indoor units that have been entered into the remote controller can be deleted by deleting the group settings The interlock settings between units can be deleted by deleting the interlock settings Follow the steps in section 2 Address Search to find the address to be deleted and perform deletion with the address being displayed in the display window To delete an address the address must first be bought up on the display 5 Delete the registered indoor unit address or the interlock setting between units Press button CLOCK ON OFF twice while either the indoor unit address or the address of the interlocked unit is displayed on the display to delete the interlock setting HWE08110 GB IV Remote Controller A To delete group settings d L B To delete interlock settings dJ b lt Successful completion of deletion gt If deletion is successfully completed will appear in the unit type display window will be displayed in the room temperature display window 1 277 E Sc If a t
234. of the 105 106 and 107 INV board SC U SC V SC W Put the outdoor unit 2 Logic error Replace the INV board into operation 4220 Detail code No 111 ACCT sensor circuit failure Replace the INV board 5301 Detail code No 117 IPM open Normal 5301 Detail code No 119 Disconnect the compressor Compressor Meg failure Check that there is no liquid re wiring and check the com Error if less than 1 Mohm frigerant in the compressor pressor Meg and coil resis If there is none replace the com tance pressor 2 Compressor coil resistance failure Replace the compressor Coil resistance value of 0 6 ohm 20 C 68 F P200 P500 models 107 GB IX Troubleshooting Gren wheth er the inverter is damaged No load 4 Check wheth er the inverter is damaged During com pressor oper ation 5 Check the fan motor ground fault or the winding 6 Check the FAN board failure HWE08110 1 Disconnect the inverter output wire from the ter minals of the INV board SC U SC V SC W Disconnect the short cir cuit connector from CN6 on the INV board 2 Put the outdoor unit into operation Check the inverter out put voltage after the in verter output frequency has stabilized 3 Put the outdoor unit into oper ation Check the inverter output voltage after the inverter out put frequency has stabilized Remove the wire for the out door fan motor and
235. of the float switch 4 Float switch failure Check the resistance with the float switch turned on and turned off Indoor unit control board failure Replace indoor unit control board Drain pump drive circuit failure Float switch input circuit failure Items 1 through 5 above and an indoor unit electronic Check the solenoid valves on the indoor unit for valve closure failure leaky valve occurred simultane leaks ously HWE08110 128 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Drain sensor Thd fault 2 Error definition and error detection method If the open or short circuit of the thermistor has been detected for 30 seconds this condition is considered to be a preliminary error and the unit goes into the 3 minute restart delay mode If another episode of the above condition is detected during the preliminary error this is considered a drain sensor error If the short or open circuit of the thermistor is no longer detected normal operation will be restored in 3 minutes This error is detected when one of the following conditions are met During Cool Dry operation Liquid pipe temperature minus inlet temperature is equal to or smaller than 10 C 18 F except during the defrost cycle When the liquid temperature thermistor or suction temperature thermistor or short or open circuited Drain pump is in operation One hour has elapsed since the drain sensor went off Short 90 C 194 F or above Open
236. oid valves are categorized into 3 types High low pressure bypass valve SV1a High low pressure bypass valve via heat exchanger SVQ and circuit switch valve at subcool coil low pressure side SV6 Refer to the following tables for each valve operation 1 Bypass solenoid valve SV1a ON Open At NO1 compressor startup outdoor tem ON for 4 minutes perature 15 C 5 F or more or at NO2 OFF compressor startup HP400 HP500 models After resuming operation after the comple ON for 8 minutes tion of the defrost cycle OFF After NO1 compressor startup outdoor tem ON when 25 minutes or less have OFF when 25 minutes or more perature 15 C 5 F or lower or after re passed and 63HS1 or 2 lt 1 96MPa have passed or 63HS1 or 2 suming operation after the completion of the 284 psi gt 1 96MPa 284 psi defrost cycle outdoor temperature 15 C 5 F or lower After resuming operation after Themo mode ON for 4 minutes or after 3 minute restart delay mode OFF When the compressor stops at cooling heat Always ON ing mode Exception OFF when 63HS1 or 2 63LS is 0 2 MPa 29 psi or less After the operation has stopped ON for 3 minutes Exception OFF when 63HS1 or 2 63LS is 0 2 MPa 29 psi or less During defrost cycle ON During oil recovery operation OFF during oil recovery operation cooling heating after low frequency continuous operation During cooling operation during compres When low pre
237. oilse 184 Troubleshooting Principal A 187 o EE 204 Compressor Replacement Instruchons nne 206 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display 208 Installation Instructions for the Control Box Snow Guard Accessories 209 115 GB 116 IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Lists Prelimi Error nary Code error code 0403 4300 1202 1402 1600 E 1605 4152 Searched unit Error code definition Notes ES O E ac Serial communication error em Tree L 7 Ise 0 Terence pun mn o RN war EE 7 Tom 00 rin power Teens QD OT ole esoe ww 4 See 104 Short circuited IPM Ground fault 105 Overcurrent error due to short circuited motor 106 Instantaneous overcurrent n Heatsink overheat protection at startup Kaes Return air temperature TH21 5101 1202 777007 sensor En OA processing unit inlet temperature TH4 19 81 9 9 0 6 8 o s o 016 eoe nn Peter PIPPI rel fefefe 71111 me ef PIPPI fo eolo ef kossn HWE08110 117 IX Troubleshooting Searched unit Error prelim inary Prelimi nary Error Code Notes Error code definition error code
238. on Refrigerant amount operation time data dele operation time data is operation time data is Net tion retained eleted the unit is turned on a O 1 Unless otherwise specified leave the switch to OFF where indicated by which may be set to OFF for a reason 2 A Only the switch on either the OC or OS needs to be set for the setting to be effective on both units B The switches on both the OC and OS need to be set to the same setting for the setting to be effective C The setting is effective for the unit on which the setting is made 3 The noise level is reduced by controlling the compressor frequency and outdoor fan rotation speed Setting of CN3D is required page 24 4 The table below shows the combination of SW2 9 and SW3 5 settings and the target evaporating temperature setting that corresponds to each combination Switch 595 C BZF zeen zeen EC TF 5 Refer to VII 2 Controlling the Outdoor Unit 7 Defrost Operation Control for details page 87 HWE08110 78 GB VII Control Units that re Function according to switch setting Switch setting timing 2175777 Svvitch Function setting EM WEN ED WMA Capacity priority l selection mode Note 3 KA EN EM EM EM EA EG EN MA ES Backup heating Disabled Enabled Anytime after power on Note 1 Unless otherwise specified leave the switch to OFF where indicated by which may be set to OFF for a reason 2 A Only the switch on ei
239. on mode the setting for the Skip Auto Mode restricted preset temperature range mode AUTO and operation mode display selection mode are invalid If an attempt is made to change the preset temperature range LIMIT TEME appears on the display Normal displa Function selection mode sequence on the remote controller OT 40 Remote controller function selection mode MA 2 T Lo eT 1 Press and hold the CHECK and 3 o r 6 Operation mode display selection mode Display or non display of the automatic mode C20 buttons simultaneously erro ic EC for two seconds x 2 C590 2 SET TEMP 7 button 4 3 SET TEMP A button o QT GO Room temperature display selection model 1 Skip Auto Mode is enabled 2 Skip Auto Mode is disabled HWE08110 58 GB IV Remote Controller Operation Procedures 1 Press the ON OFF button on the remote controller to bring the unit to a stop The display will appear as shown in the previous page Normal display 2 Press buttons 1 CHECK and 4336 simultaneously for 2 seconds to go into the Skip Auto Mode setting under the remote controller function selection mode Press button SET TEMP y7 or 3 SET TEMP A to go into the other four modes under the remote controller function selection mode Skip Auto Mode setting Making the automatic operation mode unselectable This settin
240. on the controller Pressing the 4 TIMER SET A or V button switches between ON and OFF TIMER SET A N7 button e When set to ON room temperature always appears on the display during operation When set to OFF room temperature does not appear on the display during operation HWE08110 59 GB IV Remote Controller 3 Interlock Settings via the MA Remote Controller 1 LOSSNAY interlock setting Make this setting only when necessary Make this setting only when necessary Perform this operation to enter the interlock setting between the LOSSNAY and the indoor units to which the remote controller is connected or to search and delete registered information In the following example the address of the indoor unit is 05 and the address of the LOSSNAY unit is 30 Operation Procedures D Press the D ON OFF button on the remote controller to bring the unit to a stop The display window on the remote controller must look like the figure below to proceed to step 2 2 Press and hold the FILTER and buttons simultaneously for two seconds to perform a search for the LOSSNAY that is interlocked with the indoor unit to which the remote controller is connected 3 Search result The indoor unit address and the interlocked LOSSNAY address will appear alternately lt Indoor unit address and indoor unit gt lt LOSSNAY address and LOS
241. one outdoor unit Measure voltages of the terminal block for transmission line TB5 on the indoor unit x YES Check 5 NO Indoor unit board or MA remote controller failure Check the self diagnosis LED Is the error code 7102 Check for displayed 2 and 3 NO Check 1 Correct the error Correct the error Refer to section IX 4 7 2 Troubleshooting transmission power circuit of outdoor unit for how to check the first item in the flowchart above page 203 HWE08110 472 GB IX Troubleshooting In the case of MA remote controller 3 Phenomena HO or PLEASE WAIT display on the remote controller does not disappear and no operation is performed even if the button is pressed HO or PLEASE WAIT display will normally turn off 5 minutes later after the power on 1 Cause 1 The power for the M NET transmission line is not supplied from the outdoor unit 2 Short circuited transmission line 3 Incorrect wiring of the M NET transmission line on the outdoor unit Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller or disconnected line to the terminal block The indoor transmission line is connected incorrectly to the transmission terminal block for centralized controller TB7 The male power supply connectors on the multiple outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 the Garen to which the power supply unit for transmission lines is connected
242. oo mmm gt 8369090 66600 gt mem mamm gt no ssn gt no li mmm gt ss aan 0 so oo sm um em sm m em zn im ejdsig opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy Oe opoo jyoedeo sseJppyv 6121 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy 9121 apo Ajoedeo sseJppy 1 LOI po Ajoedeo sseJppy QL apo Ajoedeo sseJppyv G L O apo Ajoedeo sseJppvy t O opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy C LO opoo Ajoedeo ssaJppv Z O epoo Ajoedeo sseJppy LOI opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv 0L2I po Ajoedeo sseJppy 621 po Ajoedeo sseJppy 801 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy 221 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy 921 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv CO opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy yol opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy CO opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy 2201 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy LOI otorstooro oze 06041000 69e ooroo ec onon z TTM G9 OLOLLOLLOL OLOLLOLLOO POL OLOLLOLOLL 696 OLOLLOLOLO 96 OLOLLOLOOL LOC 0101101000 09 OLOLLOOLLL 696 OLOLLOOLLO 896 OLOLLOOLOL 162 OLOLLOOLOO 996 OLOLLOOOLL GGE OLOLLOOOLO HEGE OLOLLOOOOL 696 0101100000 ES OLOLOLLLLL ise MEN 06829GHET L ON LMS ui s s pun JOOPUI UO ejeq 232 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si wa s s JUEJSB6UJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo v g Ajjenpiaipur pa ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo V Lx OLLOOLOLOL SOV OLLOOLOLOO vOv OLLOOLOOLL COV OLLOOLOOLO C T OLLOOLOOOL LOV OLLOOLO000 00t OLLOOOLLLL 66 OLLOOOLLLO 86 OLLOOOLLOL 166
243. oor unit the outdoor unit stops once turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts after 3 minutes automatically If the pressure of 3 87MPa 561psi or higher is detected by the pressure sensor the third detection within 30 minutes of the second stop of the outdoor unit the outdoor unit will make an error stop and the error code 1302 will be displayed If the pressure of 3 78MPa 548psi or higher is detected more than 30 minutes after the stop of the outdoor unit the detection is regarded as the first detection and the operation described in step 1 above will start For 30 minutes after the stop of the outdoor unit preliminary errors will be displayed on the LED display The outdoor unit makes an error stop immediately when not only the pressure sensor but also the pressure switch detects 4 15 0 0 15 MPa 601102 psi Open phase due to unstable power supply voltage may cause the pressure switch to malfunction or cause the units to come to an abnormal stop Cause check method and remedy 1 Outdoor unit LEV2a 2b actuation failure gt Cooling Perform a cooling or heating operation to check the opera Indoor unit LEV actuation failure gt Heating tion Cooling Indoor unit LEV LEV1 2a 2b Heating Indoor unit LEV LEV2a 2b Refer to the section on troubleshooting the LEV page 191 Check the indoor units for problems and correct them if any Reduced air flow due to dirty fan on the indoor unit fan Dirty heat exch
244. opening LEV2a LEV2b fully opened 3 All solenoid valves OFF 3 Solenoid valve control 4 Outdoor unit fan stop 4 Outdoor unit fan control 5 72C OFF 5 72C control Note 1 The indoor fan operates at the set notch under cooling mode regardless of the ON OFF state of the thermostat HWE08110 96 VII Control 2 Heating operation m 1 Indoor unit fan operation at Very Low speed 2 Inverter output OHz 3 Indoor unit LEV LEV1 Fully closed LEV2a LEV2b rated opening 4 All solenoid valves OFF 5 Outdoor unit fan stop 6 72C OFF Note Heating operation Note 1 2 Defrost YES operation NO 4 way valve ON YES est run mode ON NO 1 Indoor outdoor unit fan control 2 Inverter frequency control 3 Indoor unit LEV LEV1 LEV2a LEV2b control 4 Solenoid valve control 5 72C control Normal operation Defrost operation Unit in the stopped state 4 way valve OFF GO Om E Q gt Indoor unit fan stops Inverter defrost frequency control Indoor unit LEV fully closed Solenoid valve control Outdoor unit fan stop LEV1 control LEV2a LEV2b fully opened 72C control Note 1 2 Stopping the NO defrost operation YES Stopping the defrost operation Return to heating operation 1 When outdoor unit starts defrosting it transmits defrost operations command to indoor unit and the indoor unit start def
245. or individual components of main inverter circuit page 200 Turn on the power again and 1 Main power breaker trip IGBT module check again 2 No remote control display Rush current protection resistor Electromagnetic relay DC reactor Turn on the outdoor unit and check 1 Operates normally without a The wiring may have been short circuit that it operates normally tripping the main breaker ed Search for the wire that short circuit ed and repair it 2 Main power breaker trip b If item a above is not the cause of the problem refer to 2 1 6 4 Trouble treatment when the main power earth leakage breaker is tripped Check the earth leakage breaker Use of a non specified earth Replace with a regulation earth leakage capacity and the sensitivity cur leakage breaker breaker rent Check the resistance at the power Failure resistance value Check each part and wiring supply terminal block with a meg Refer to 5 Simple checking Procedures ger for individual components of main inverter circuit page 200 I GBT module Rush current protection resistor Electromagnetic relay DC reactor Disconnect the compressor wir Failure compressor if the insu Check that there is no liquid refrigerant in ings and check the resistance of lating resistance value is notin the compressor If there is none replace the compressor with a megger specified range the compressor Failure when the insula
246. or unit board ejdsip a3eulaye 9jep pue yjuou pue anulu ejdsip a eulaye 9jep pue yjuou pue anulu ejdsip a3eulaye 9jep pue yjuou pue ejnuluJ ejdsip a eulaye 9jep pue yjuou pue anulu ejdsip a3eulaye 9jep pue yjuou pue anulu ejdsip a eulaye 9jep pue yjuou pue 9 NUIW ejdsip a3eulaye 9jep pue yjuou pue Jeo anulu EN peKejdsip si wa s s juea611J91 ay JO uonipuoo v g pa ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo BU V Lx LE O VZV 66 01 0000 69 62 O 00 00 LE 0 L 21 66 01 0000 69 62 O 00 00 LE 0 L 21 66 01 0000 69 62 O 00 00 LE O VZV 66 01 00 00 69 62 01 00 00 LE O V ZV 66 01 00 00 6S 01 00 00 LE 0 VZV 66 01 00 00 6S 01 00 00 LE 0 L 21 66 01 0000 V V 69 62 01 00 00 so oo en am en sm wm em zn im gt g v Lx nun erdsiq 2 9 uonoejep JO SUI 9 uono p 10119 JO SUI Z G uonoejep 10119 JO SUI G 010 10119 JO SUI c y uonoejep JO SUI y uonoejep 10119 JO SUI Z uonoejep JO SUI C UONDSJEP 10119 JO SUI Z Z uonoejep JO SUI Z uono p 10119 JO SUI Z uonoejep 10119 JO SUI uonoejep 10119 JO SUI Z euin JUSJIN LOLOLLLLOL LOZ
247. or with the LED GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Heatsink temperature THHS fault Detail code 01 2 Error definition and error detection method When a short or an open of THHS is detected just before or during the inverter operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 THHS sensor failure Check the THHS sensor reading on the LED monitor Replace the sensor if it reads below 30 C 22 F or avobe 150 C 302 F 2 Contact failure Check the connector connection CNTH on the INV board 3 INV board failure If the problem recurs when the unit is put into operation replace the INV board Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Trouble shooting principal parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 1 Error Code High pressure sensor fault 63HS1 2 Error definition and error detection method If the high pressure sensor detects 0 098MPa 14psi or less during the operation the outdoor unit stops once turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts after 3 minutes when the detected high pressure sensor is 0 098MPa 14psi or more If the high pressure sensor detects 0 098MPa 14psi or less just before the restart the outdoor unit makes an error stop and the error code 5201 will appear During 3 minute antirestart mode preliminary errors will be displayed on the LED display A error is not detected for 3 minutes after the compressor start durin
248. orms transmission reception of the signal from the remote controller Problems with the circuit on the remote controller that sends or receives the signals from the remote controller Check method and remedy Check for disconnected or loose transmission lines for the indoor units or MA remote controllers Confirm that the power is supplied to the main power source and the remote controller line Confirm that MA remote controller s capacity limit is not exceeded Check the sub main setting of the MA remote controllers One of them must be set to MAIN Diagnose the remote controller described in the remote controller installation manual OK no problems with the remote controller check the wiring regulations NG Replace the MA remote controller 6832 6833 ERC Due to noise interference Go to 6 Check wave shape noise on MA remote controller line by following IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 184 When no problems are found with items 1 through 6 replace the indoor unit board or the MA remote controller The following status can be confirmed on LED1 and 2 on the indoor unit board IF LED1 is lit the main power source of the indoor unit is turned on elf LED2 is lit the MA remote controller line is being powered HWE08110 162 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Total capacity error 2 Error definition and error detection method The model total of indoor units in the system w
249. ower is restored Before power on When the automatic mode is set and the Cooling Heating display is not necessary Before power on set to Not displayed When the suction temperature discharge temperature display is not necessary Before power on set to Not displayed The MA remote controller PAR 21MAA does not have the switches listed above Refer to the installation manual for the func tion setting HWE08110 81 GB VII Control 2 ME remote controller PAR F27MEA Set the address of the remote controller with the rotary switch Rotary switch 10 s digit 1 s digit left right Example In case of address 108 Address setting range Setting method Main remote controller 101 150 Add 100 to the smallest address of all the indoor units in the same group Sub remote controller 151 200 Add 150 to the smallest address of all the indoor units in the same group Setting of rotary switch Address No 01 99 101 199 with the 100 s digit automatically being set to 1 00 200 1 Atfactory shipment the rotary switch is set to 01 2 The address range that can be set with the ME remote controller is between 101 and 200 When the dials are set to a number between 01 and 99 the 100 s digit is automatically set to 1 When the dials are set to 00 the 100 s digit is automatically set to 2 Note To set addresses use a precision slotted screw driver 2 0 mm 0 08 in w and do not a
250. owing status can be confirmed on LED1 and 2 on the indoor unit board IF LED1 is lit the main power source of the indoor unit is turned on elf LED2 is lit the MA remote controller line is being powered HWE08110 160 GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code MA remote controller signal transmission error Hardware error Error definition and error detection method Communication between the MA remote controller and the indoor unit is not done properly An error occurs when the transmitted data and the received data differ for 30 times in a row Cause Contact failure of the remote controller lines of MA remote controller or the indoor unit 2 or more remote controllers are set to MAIN Overlapped indoor unit address Noise interference on the remote controller lines Failure to meet wiring regulations Wire length Wire size Number of remote controllers Number of indoor units Problems with the circuit on the remote controller that sends or receives the signals from the remote controller Check method and remedy Check for disconnected or loose transmission lines for the indoor units or MA remote controllers Confirm that the power is supplied to the main power source and the remote controller line Confirm that MA remote controller s capacity limit is not exceeded Check the sub main setting of the MA remote controllers One of them must be set to MAIN Diagnose the remote controller described in the remote con
251. pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO yy JO uonipuoo BU V Lx LLOLLLOLLO 988 LLOLLLOLOL 988 Jojunoo Jasay aun s yun ay yac 010 pueoq ue LLOLLLOLOO 788 LLOLLLOOLL 88 LLOLLLOOLO 89 Jojunoo Jasay O PRC 010 pjeoq ANI LLOLLLOOOL 188 Jojunoo Jasay vac OF 0 pJeoq Joju023 LLOLLLOOOO 088 L Sun 1 si pun SYL LLOLLOLLLL 628 LLOLLOLLLO 828 LLOLLOLLOL 118 LLOLLOLLOO 928 LLOLLOLOLL 918 254 LLOLLOLOLO 728 916 HELL 6666 01 6166 ue eseud et samog LOL 01001 48 Snjen N 6666 01 6166 oeje jueuno eseud LOL 01000 218 SAN 6 666 0 6 66 LLOLLOOLLL Wi O H eseud f v siuun eu LLOLLOOLLO 028 LLOLLOOLOL 698 LLOLLOOLOO 898 LLOLLOOOLL 298 LLOLLOOOLO 998 Tid tele heh EEL fede Ee EL ee ee LLOLLOOOOL G98 LLOLLO0000 798 801 101 901 901 vd zi O o S CO I 06829GHET L Lieu ejdsig ejep jo sad 19410 HWE08110 X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board peKejdsip si uiejs s JUEJS UJSJ 941US ay JO uonipuoo AY g A penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO yy JO uonipuoo BU V Lx LLLLLLLLLL 6201 METE nnno izni mum Leen MET MT mmm 1110001000 _ MT mmm 140000100 MTM TT 40900008 140000000 MET MOTE MOTOS ornoo nonnon we nonno nonno MOTTA Horror 4 801 Kay 901 901 rO 201 201 LGT 068 907621 W9
252. played If the time set on a system controller is received the count will start from the set date and the time 3 The time is not updated while the power of the indoor unit is turned off When the power is turned off and then on again the count will resume from the time before the power was turned off Thus the time that differs the actual time will be displayed This also applies when a power failure occurs The system controller such as G B 50A adjusts the time once a day When the system controller is connected the time will be automatically updated to the correct current time after the time set by the system controller is received The data stored into the memory before the set time is received will not be updated 1 Reading the time data 1 Time display Example 12 past 9 Disappears if the time data is deviated due to a power failure or if a system controller that sets the time is not connected 2 Date display When the main controller that can set the time is connected Example May 10 2003 Alternate display Alternate display of year and month and date Appears between the year and the month and nothing appears when the date is displayed When the main controller that can set the time is not connected Example 52 days after power was turned on Alternate display Po Day count Appears between the year and the month and nothing appears when the date is displa
253. power output failure Cause Wiring failure Transmission power supply cannot output voltage because overcurrent was detected Voltage cannot be output due to transmission power supply problem Transmission voltage detection circuit failure Check method and remedy Check the items in IX 4 7 2 on all outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit page 203 lt Transmission power supply fault other than error detail code FF Outdoor unit gt 2 Error definition and error detection method Transmission power reception failure Cause One of the outdoor units stopped supplying power but no other outdoor units start supplying power Check method and remedy Check the items in IX 4 7 2 on all outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit page 203 HWE08110 133 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Power supply signal sync error 2 Error definition and error detection method The frequency cannot be determined when the power is switched on 3 Cause check method and remedy Power supply error Check the voltage of the power supply terminal block TB1 Check the coil connections Check for coil burnout Noise filter problem Coil problem Confirm that the voltage at the CN3 connector is 198 V or above 3 Faulty wiring Check fuse F01 on the control board Wiring failure Confirm that the voltage at the control board con Between noise filter CN3 and noise filter CN2 and con nector CNAC i
254. power sources for the outdoor unit indoor unit and LOSSNAY for 5 or more minutes and then turn them on again When they return to normal operation the cause of the error is the transmission line work performed with the power on If an error occurs again check the cause 2 Check 3 and 4 above If the cause is found correct it If no cause is found check 3 Check transmission wave shape noise on trans mission line by following IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 184 Noise is the most possible cause of the error 6608 HWE08110 158 GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code MA controller signal reception error No signal reception Error definition and error detection method Communication between the MA remote controller and the indoor unit is not done properly No proper data has been received for 3 minutes Cause Contact failure of the remote controller lines of MA remote controller or the indoor unit All the remote controllers are set to SUB Failure to meet wiring regulations Wire length Wire size Number of remote controllers Number of indoor units The remote controller is removed after the installation without turning the power source off Noise interference on the remote controller transmission lines Faulty circuit that is on the indoor board and performs transmission reception of the signal from the remote controller Problems with the circuit on the re
255. pply than 19 6N The use of any other tool or applying too much load may damage the switch HWE08110 87 GB VII Control 2 Controlling the Outdoor Unit 1 Outline of Control Method The outdoor units are designated as OC and OS in the order of capacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large The setting of outdoor unit can be verified by using the self diagnosis switch SW1 Display 12349596078910 ON B The unit is designated as the OC oc appears on the display B The unit is designated as OS oS appears on the display The OC determines the operation mode and the control mode and it also communicates with the indoor units The OS exercises autonomous distributed control over defrost error detection and actuator control etc according to the operation control mode signals that are sent from the OC 2 Startup sequence rotation At the initial startup outdoor units start up in the order of OC to OS After two or more hours of OC operation the startup sequence changes to OS to OC In addition after two or more hours of OS operation the startup sequence changes to OC to OS Startup sequence rotation is performed while all the indoor units are stopped Even after two hours of operation startup se quence rotation is not performed while the compressor is in operation Refer to 11 Control at Initial Start up
256. r 7105 Disconnection or short circuit of the transmission line for the outdoor unit on the terminal block for cen tralized control line connection TB7 Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit Malfunction of electrical system for the outdoor unit Error display on all displays on ME remote controllers Same causes as 1 4 described in 2 When the power supply unit for transmission lines is used and the male power supply connector is connected to the female power sup ply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for centralized control Disconnection or shutdown of the power source of the power supply unit for transmission line System controller MELANS mal function 156 Check method and remedy Check 1 3 on the left Check the LED display for troubleshooting on the out door unit If an error is found check the check code definition and correct the error elf no error is found check the cause 2 Check 2 4 on the left Check 1 4 on the left GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controlle
257. r ceived normally due to the noise 2 Wave shape check With transmission No fine noise allowed Without transmission Wave shape check Check the wave pattern of the transmission line with an oscilloscope The following conditions must be met 1 Smallwave pattern noise must not exist on the transmission signal Minute noise approximately 1V can be generated by DC DC converter or the inverter operation however such noise is not a problem when the shield of the transmission line is grounded 2 The sectional voltage level of transmission signal should be as follows Voltage level of the transmission line EM NN Vu 2 5V or higher Van 1 3V or below HWE08110 184 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Check method and remedy 1 Measures against noise Check the followings when noise exists on the wave or the errors described in 1 occur Check that the wiring work is performed ac cording to wiring specifications Check that the grounding work is performed according to grounding specifi cations The transmission line and the power line are not wired too closely The transmission line is not bundled with that for another systems The specified wire is used for the transmission line When the transmission line is daisy chained on the indoor unit terminals are the shields daisy chained on the terminals too Is the shield of the indoor outdoor transmission ca ble grounded to th
258. r for brazing Use of non oxidized solder for brazing SS s r 2 90 206 x PN RA oe v ed 3 b am RB a D L eS mm mm L EN eL ABEST I m 7 ban AN 1 Items to be strictly observed Do not conduct refrigerant piping work outdoors if raining Use non oxidized solder Use a brazing material BCuP 3 that requires no flux when brazing between copper pipes or between a copper pipe and copper coupling If installed refrigerant pipes are not immediately connected to the equipment then braze and seal both ends 2 Reasons The new refrigerating machine oil is 10 times as hygroscopic as the conventional oil and is more likely to cause unit failure if water infiltrates into the system Flux generally contains chloride Residual flux in the refrigerant circuit will cause sludge to form 3 Notes Do not use commercially available antioxidants because they may cause the pipes to corrode or refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate HWE08110 8 GB I Read Before Servicing 7 Air Tightness Test No changes have been made in the detection method Note that a refrigerant leak detector for R22 will not detect an R410A leak Halide torch R22 leakage detector 1 Items to be strictly observed Pressurize the equipment with nitrogen up to the design pressure 4 15MPa 601psi and then judge the equipment s air tight ness taking temperature variations into account Refrigerant R410A must be charged
259. r indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 4 Errors that are not limited to a particular system Error Source ad dress Error dis Detection play method Check method and remedy Address which should not be existed Although the address of ME remote controller has been changed after the group is set using ME remote controller the indoor unit is keeping the memory of the previous ad dress The same symptom will appear for the registration with SC Although the address of Delete unnecessary informa tion of non existing address which some indoor units have Use either of the following two methods for deletion Address deletion by ME remote LOSSNAY has been changed controller HWE08110 after the interlock registration of LOSSNAY is made using ME remote controller the in door unit is keeping the mem ory of the previous address 157 Delete unnecessary address in formation using the manual set ting function of ME remote controller Refer to this service handbook IV 2 Group Set tings and Interlock Settings via the ME Remote Controller 1 3 Address deletion Deletion of connection informa tion of the outdoor unit by the deleting switch Note that this switch deletes all the group information set via ME remote controller and all the interlock information of LOSSNAY and the indoor unit Turn off the power source of the outdoor uni
260. r less Between outdoor units oo 0 1 0 3 or less HWE08110 41 GB II Restrictions 1 Refrigerant pipe size 1 Diameter of the refrigerant pipe between the outdoor unit and the first branch outdoor unit pipe size Outdoor unit set name Liquid pipe size mm inch Gas pipe size mm inch total capacity 200 model 12 7 1 2 19 05 3 4 250 model 12 7 1 2 22 2 7 8 400 model 15 88 5 8 28 58 1 1 8 500 model 15 88 5 8 28 58 1 1 8 2 Size of the refrigerant pipe between the first branch and the indoor unit indoor unit pipe size Pipe diameter mm inch a No D un 3 Size of the refrigerant pipe betvveen the branches for connection to indoor units dovvnstream units 4 Size of the refrigerant pipe betvveen the first distributor or the second distributor and outdoor units 7 Liquid pipe size mm inch Gas pipe size mm inch 200 model 9 52 3 8 19 05 3 4 250 model 222 2 7 8 HWE08110 42 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 1 Outdoor Unit Components and Refrigerant Circuit 2 Control Box of the Outdoor Unit 3 Outdoor Unit Circuit Board HWE08110 GB 44 III Outdoor Unit Components 1 Outdoor Unit Components and Refrigerant Circuit 1 PUHY HP200 HP250YHM A 1 Front view of a outdoor unit b Fan guard anii Y EHE REIR
261. ransmission error occurs the selected setting will not be 25 inthis Sar ca deleted and the display vvill appear as shovvn belovv steps above In this case repeat the steps above lt Deletion error gt FH will be displayed in the room temperature display window To go back to the normal display follow step 0 4 Making A Group settings and B Interlock settings of a group from any arbitrary remote controller A Group settings and B Interlock settings of a group can be made from any arbitrary remote controller Refer to B Interlock Settings under section 1 Group Settings Interlock Settings for operation procedures Set the address as shown below A To make group settings Interlocked unit address display window Remote controller address Indoor unit address display window The address of the indoor unit to be controlled with the remote controller B To make interlock settings Interlocked unit address display window LOSSNAY address Indoor unit address display window The address of the indoor unit to be interlocked with the LOSSNAY 2 Remote controller function selection via the ME remote controller In the remote controller function selection mode the settings for four types of functions can be made or changed as necessary 1 Skip Auto Mode setting The automatic operation mode that is supported by some simultaneous cooling heating type units can be made unselectable vi
262. rant currently on the market are made with O material Annealed even if the pipe diameter is less than 19 05 3 4 For a system that uses R410A use pipes that are made with 1 2H material Drawn unless the pipe diameter is at least 219 05 3 4 and the radial thickness is at least 1 21 The figures in the radial thickness column are based on the Japanese standards and provided only as a reference Use pipes that meet the local standards HWE08110 5 GB I Read Before Servicing 4 Thickness and refrigerant type indicated on the piping materials Ask the pipe manufacturer for the symbols indicated on the piping material for new refrigerant Flare processing O material Annealed and OL material only The flare processing dimensions for the pipes that are used in the R410A system are larger than those in the R22 system Flare processing dimensions mm in A dimension mm Pipe size mmlin R410A R22 R407C on m w w 09 52 3 8 13 0 s r on rei wem pn If a clutch type flare tool is used to flare the pipes in the system using R410A the length of the pipes must be between 1 0 and 1 5 mm For margin adjustment a copper pipe gauge is necessary Dimension A Flare nut The flare nut type has been changed to increase the strength The size of some of the flare nuts have also been changed Flare nut dimensions mmiinl B dimension mm Pipe size mmlin R410A R22 R407C 96 35 1 4
263. rbitrary but unique address to each of these units after assigning an address to all indoor units 01 to 50 OC 51 to 100 OS Assign sequential address to the outdoor units in the same refrigerantcircuit The out door units are automatically designated as OC and OS Note To set the address to 100 set the rotary switches to 50 The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS HWE08110 39 GB II Restrictions 8 Restrictions on Pipe Length 1 End branching HP200 HP250 models Outdoor unit A First branch 7 Branch joint x B 1 S d e f m Branch joint 4 5 e 1 a 1 H Outdoor unit above indoor unit H Outdoor unit below indoor unit Unit m ft Allowable length of Length Total pipe length A B C D 300 984 or less a b c d e f Total pipe length L from the outdoor unit to the A B C c or 150 492 or less farthest indoor unit A D f Equivalent length 175 574 or less Total pipe length from the first branch to the far B C c or 40 131 or less thest indoor unit f D f Height Between indoor and Outdoor unit above in H 50 164 or less difference outdoor units door unit Outdoor unit below in H 40 131 or less door unit Between indoor units 15 49 or less HWE08110 40 II Restrictions HP400 HP500 models Note1 Install the pipe that connects th
264. reater than that of air leaked refrigerant in a closed room will accumulate at the bottom of the room and may cause hypoxia If exposed to an open flame refrigerant will generate poisonous gases Do not perform installation or service work in a con fined area New Refrigerant HFC type Conventional Refriger ant HCFC type R32 R125 R32 R125 R134a Composition wt 50 50 23 25 52 100 Refrigerant Refrigerant Steam Pressure 1 557 226 0 9177 133 0 94 136 25 C MPa 77 F psi gauge Saturated Steam Density 4 0 2 5 44 4 25 C kg m3 77 F psi Flammability Nonflammable Nonflammable Nonflammable Global Warming Coefficient GWP 1730 1530 1700 Refrigerant Charging Method Refrigerant chargingin Refrigerantchargingin Refrigerant charging in the liquid state the liquid state the gaseous state Replenishment of Refrigerant after a Refrigerant Available Available Available Leak 1 When CFC11 is used as a reference 2 When CO is used as a reference 2 Refrigerant composition R410A is a pseudo azeotropic HFC blend and can almost be handled the same way as a single refrigerant such as R22 To be safe however draw out the refrigerant from the cylinder in the liquid phase If the refrigerant in the gaseous phase is drawn out the composition of the remaining refrigerant will change and become unsuitable for use If the refrigerant leaks out it may be replenished The entire refrigerant does not need to be replaced
265. ric box of the indoor or outdoor unit in such way that the box is accessible for servicing 5 Do not connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for transmission line Doing so will damage the electronic compo nents on the terminal block 6 Use 2 core shielded cables as transmission cables Use a separate 2 core control cable for each refrigerant system Do not use a single multiple core cable to connect indoor units that belong to different refrigerant systems The use of a multiple core cable may result in signal transmission errors and malfunctions Outdoor unit Outdoor unit TEILE OUT UA Indoor unit Indoor unit 1 amm 2 shielded cable x Remote Controller TEILE OUT UA al A 2 core shielded cable SC TB3 Terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB7 Terminal block for centralized control 2 Control vviring 1 Different types of control wiring are used for different systems Refer to section 5 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 7 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller are connected before performing wiring work Types and maximum allowable length of cables Control lines are categorized into 2 types transmission line and remote controller line Use the appropriate type of cables and observe the maximum allowable length specified for a given system If a given system has a long transmission lin
266. rigerant in the compressor If insulation resistance reads at least 1Mohm by turning on the main power and powering the crankcase heater for at least 12 hours the refrigerant in the compressor will evaporate and the insulation resistance will go up Do not measure the insulation resistance of the terminal block for transmission line for the unit remote controller 3 Check that the valve on the gas pipe and liquid pipe are fully open Note Securely tighten the cap 4 Check the phase sequence and the voltage of the power supply 5 When a transmission booster is connected Turn on the transmission booster before turning on the outdoor units Note If the outdoor units are turned on first the connection information for the refrigerant circuit may not be properly recognized In case the outdoor units are turned on before the transmission booster is turned on perform a power reset on the outdoor units after turning on the power booster 6 Turn on the main power to the unit at least 12 hours before test run to power the crankcase heater Note Insufficient powering time may result in compressor damage 7 When a power supply unit is connected to the transmission line for centralized control perform a test run with the power supply unit being energized Leave the power jumper connector on CN41 as it is factory setting HWE08110 101 GB VIII Test Run Mode 2 Test Run Method The figure shows an
267. rminal block cover panel to the unit If the terminal block cover panel is not installed properly dust and or water may infiltrate and pose a risk of electric shock smoke and or fire Only use the type of refrigerant that is indicated on the unit when installing or reinstalling the unit Infiltration of any other type of refrigerant or air into the unit may adversely affect the refrigerant cycle and may cause the pipes to burst or explode When installing the unit in a small room exercise cau tion and take measures against leaked refrigerant reaching the limiting concentration Consult your dealer with any questions regarding limiting concentrations and for precautionary measures before in stalling the unit Leaked refrigerant gas exceeding the lim iting concentration causes oxygen deficiency Consult your dealer or a specialist when moving or re installing the unit Improper installation may result in water leakage electric shock and or fire HWE08110 After completing the service work check for a gas leak If leaked refrigerant is exposed to a heat source such as a fan heater stove or electric grill poisonous gases may be produced Do not try to defeat the safety features of the unit Forced operation of the pressure switch or the temperature switch by defeating the safety features of these devices or the use of accessories other than the ones that are recom mended by MITSUBISHI may result in smoke
268. roller 5 Remote controller failure 6 Outdoor unit failure Refer to IX 7 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display page 208 2 Check method and remedy 1 Check voltage of the transmission terminal block for of the ME remote controller If voltage between is 17V and 30V gt ME remote controller failure When voltage is 17V or less gt Refer to IX 4 7 2 Outdoor unit transmission power source circuit failure judgment page 203 2 When 2 and 3 above apply check code 7102 will be displayed on the self diagnosis LED HWE08110 175 GB IX Troubleshooting In case of ME remote controller 2 Phenomena When the remote controller operation SW is turned on a temporary operation display is indicated and the display lights out immediately 1 Cause 1 2 The power is not supplied to the indoor unit The main power of the indoor unit AC220V is not on The connector on the indoor unit board has come off The fuse on the indoor unit board has melted Transformer failure and disconnected wire of the indoor unit The indoor unit board failure The outdoor control board failure As the indoor unit does not interact with the outdoor unit the outdoor unit model cannot be recognized 2 Check method and remedy Check voltage of the power supply terminal on the indoor unit Check LED1 on the indoor unit control board sii When it is off When it is lit or can
269. rosting operations Similarly when defrosting operation stops indoor unit returns to heating operation after receiving defrost end com mand of outdoor unit 2 Defrost end condition 12 or more minutes must pass after defrost operation or outdoor unit piping temperature Refer to 7 Defrost operation control of 2 Controlling the Outdoor Unit page 87 for the temperature HWE08110 97 GB VII Control 3 Dry operation Dry operation Normal operation Thermostat ON 4 way valve OFF iti Unit in the stopped state Test run mode YES Thermostat ON Suction temperature YES Indoor unit fan stop 1 Outdoor unit compressor Inverter output OHz intermittent operation Indoor unit LEV LEV1 fully closed 12 Indoor unit fan intermittent operations LEV2a LEV2b rated opening Synchronized with the compressor Solenoid valve OFF low speed OFF operations Outdoor unit fan stop 126 OFF 11or 2 Note 1 When the indoor unit inlet temperature exceeds 18 C 64 F the outdoor unit compressor and the indoor unit fan start the intermittent operation simultaneously When the indoor unit inlet temperature becomes 18 C 64 F or less the fan always runs at low speed The outdoor unit the indoor unit and the solenoid valve operate in the same way as they do in the cooling operation when the compressor is turned on Note 2 Thermostat is always kept on during
270. rrect connection of the MA remote wiring to the terminal block for transmission line TB5 on the indoor unit Wiring mixup between the MA remote controller cable and power supply cable Reversed connection of the wire for the MA remote controller and the M NET transmission line on the indoor unit 3 The number of the MA remote controllers that are connected to an indoor unit exceeds the allowable range 2 units 4 The length or the diameter of the wire for the MA remote controller are out of specification 5 Short circuit of the wire for the remote display output of the outdoor unit or reversed polarity connection of the relay 6 The indoor unit board failure 7 MA remote controller failure 2 Check method and remedy 1 Measure voltages of the MA remote controller terminal among 1 to 3 If the voltage is between DC 9 and 12V the remote controller is a failure If no voltage is applied check the causes 1 and 3 and if the cause is found correct it If no cause is found refer to 2 2 Remove the wire for the remote controller from the terminal block TB15 on the MA remote controller for the indoor unit and check voltage among 1 to 3 If the voltage is between DC 9 and 12 V check the causes 2 and 4 and if the cause is found correct it If no voltage is applied check the cause 1 and if the cause is found correct it If no cause is found check the wire for the remote display output relay polarity If no further cause
271. s 1 High lovv pressure bypass at start up and stopping and ca pacity control during lovv load operation High pressure rise prevention SV1a Discharge suction Solenoid valve bypass SV2 High lovv pressure bypass at heat ing startup in lovv temperature or at resuming operation after the com pletion of the defrost cycle uid pipe or 2 phase liquid pipe on the outdoor unit 1 High low pressure bypass at ture or at resuming operation after the completion of the de frost cycle Capacity control during low load heating operation LEV1 SC control Adjusts the amount of bypass flow from the liquid pipe on the outdoor unit during cooling Linear ex pansion valve LEV2a LEV2b Refrigerant ing flow adjust ment Opening and closing control of in jection circuit LEV4 Heater CH11 4 way valve 2154a 21S4b Changeover between heating and cooling Switches between heating and cooling Controls outdoor unit heat ex changer capacity HWE08110 73 SV5b Controls outdoor unit heat ex changer capacity SV6 Changes bypass flow path from liq heating startup in low tempera Adjusts refrigerant flow during heat Heats the refrigerant in the com pressor AC220 240V Open while being powered closed while not being pow ered DC12V Opening of a valve driven by es direct driven type DC12V Opening of a valve driven by a stepping motor 60 200
272. s closure failure leaky valve occurred simultaneous ly HWE08110 127 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Drain pump fault Models with a float switch 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 The immersion of sensor tip in water is detected by the ON OFF signal from the float switch Submergence of the sensor When it is detected that the float switch has been ON for 15 seconds it is interpreted that the sensor tip is immersed in water Sensor in the air When it is detected that the float switch has been OFF for 15 seconds it is interpreted that the sensor tip is not immersed in water 2 Ifitis detected that the float switch has been ON for 3 minutes after the immersion of the sensor tip was detected this is con sidered a drain pump failure and 2502 appears on the monitor The total time it takes for this error to be detected is 3 minutes and 15 seconds including the time it takes for the first im mersion of the sensor tip to be detected 3 Detection of drain pump failure is performed while the unit is stopped 4 The following criteria are met when the criteria for the forced stoppage of outdoor unit system stoppage are met Liquid pipe temperature inlet temperature 10 C 18 F has been detected for 30 minutes It is detected by the float switch that the sensor tip has been immersed in water for 15 minutes or more s The conditions that are listed under items 1 through 3 above
273. s 198 V or above Circuit board failure trol board CNAC 5 Control board failure If none of the items described above is applicable and if the trouble reappears even after the power is switched on again replace the control board 1 Error Code RPM error Motor error 2 Error definition and error detection method LOSSNAY s The motor keep running even if the power is OFF s The thermal overload relay is ON Only for the three phase model Indoor unit If detected less than 180rpm or more than 2000rpm the indoor unit will restart and keep running for 3 minutes If detected again the display will appear 3 Cause check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy 1 Board failure Replace the board Motor malfunction Check for the motor and the solenoid switch Solenoid switch malfunction HWE08110 134 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Abnormal bus voltage drop Detail code 108 2 Error definition and error detection method If Vdc 289V or less is detected during Inverter operation S W detection 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Power supply environment Check whether the unit makes an instantaneous stop when the detection result is abnormal or a power failure occurs Check whether the power voltage Between L1 and L2 L2 and L3 and L1 and L3 is 342V or less across all phases 2 Voltage drop detected 4220 Check the voltage between the FT P and FT N terminals on the
274. s OC and OS gt System controller Group remote 201 to 250 Assign an address that equals the sum of the smallest 201 controller group number of the group to be controlled and 200 Systemremote Assign an arbitrary but unique address within the controller range listed on the left to each unit ON OFF re Assign an address that equals the sum of the smallest mote controller group number of the group to be controlled and 200 Schedule timer Assign an arbitrary but unique address within the 202 compatible range listed on the left to each unit with M NET Central con 000 Assign an arbitrary but unique address within the troller 201 to 250 range listed on the left to each unit The address must G B 50A be set to 000 to control the K control unit LM adapter 201 to 250 Assign an arbitrary but unique address within the 247 range listed on the left to each unit 1 Address setting is not required for a City Multi system that consists of a single refrigerant circuit with some exceptions 2 To set the ME remote controller address to 200 set the rotary switches to 00 3 To set the outdoor unit address to 100 set the rotary switches to 50 4 Some indoor units have 2 or 3 controller boards that require address settings No 2 controller board address must be equal to the sum of the No 1 controller board address and 1 and the No 3 controller board address must equal to the No 1 controller address and 2 5 The outdoor units in the same
275. s at intervals of 1Torr 130Pa A recom mended vacuum gauge is shown in Photo2 Do not use a commonly used gauge manifold because it cannot register a vacuum degree of 5Torr 650Pa 4 Evacuation time After the degree of vacuum has reached 5Torr 650Pa evacuate for an additional 1 hour A thorough vacuum drying re moves moisture in the pipes Verify that the vacuum degree has not risen by more than 1Torr 130Pa 1hour after evacuation A rise by less than 1Torr 130Pa is acceptable If the vacuum is lost by more than 1Torr 130Pa conduct evacuation following the instructions in section 6 Special vacuum drying 5 Procedures for stopping vacuum pump To prevent the reverse flow of vacuum pump oil open the relief valve on the vacuum pump side or draw in air by loosening the charge hose and then stop the operation The same procedures should be followed when stopping a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve 6 Special vacuum drying When 5Torr 650Pa or lower degree of vacuum cannot be attained after 3 hours of evacuation it is likely that water has pen etrated the system or that there is a leak If water infiltrates the system break the vacuum with nitrogen Pressurize the system with nitrogen gas to 0 5kgf cm G 0 05MPa and evacuate again Repeat this cycle of pressurizing and evacuation either until the degree of vac uum below 5Torr 650Pa is attained or until the pressure stops rising Only use nitrogen gas
276. seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 2 Grouping of units in a system with multiple outdoor units Error source Error display 557 method address LOSS ME remote No acknowl NAY controller RC edgement LC MA remote ACK at IC controller MA transmission to LC HWE08110 Factors 1 through 5 in the Factors in system with one outdoor unit When perform ing an interlocked operation of the LOSSNAY unit and the indoor units that are connect ed to different outdoor units Disconnection or short circuit of the transmission line for the outdoor unit on the termi nal block for centralized con trol line connection TB7 When multiple outdoor units are connected and the power source of one of the outdoor units has been shut off The male power supply con nector of the outdoor unit is not connected to the female power supply switch connec tor CN40 The male power supply con nectors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the fe male power supply switch connector CN40 for central ized control If an error occurs after the unit runs normally once the following causes may be con sidered Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of connected
277. settings Registration of the indoor units to be controlled with the remote controller and search and deletion of registered information B Interlock settings Registration of LOSSNAY units to be interlocked with the indoor units Operation Procedures and search and deletion of registered information 1 Address settings A MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC Register the indoor unit to be controlled with the remote controller OG anos am 65 E D Bring up either the blinking display of HO by turning on the unit or the T opp l t normal display by pressing the ON OFF button The display window must look like one of the two figures below to proceed to the next step E Blinking display of HO JL Normal display 5 B A Group Settings B Interlock Settings Bring up the Group Setting window Bring up the Interlock Setting window Press and hold buttons a FILTER and BL Press button E Oanl to bring up the following display simultaneously for 2 seconds to bring up the display as Press again to go back to the Group Setting window as shown Both the indoor unit address and interlocked unit address will be displayed together Dee Indoor unit address display window Indoor unit Interlocked unit address address To search for an address display window display window go to section 2 Address Search 3 Select the unit address Select t
278. sh current protection resistor Electromagnetic relay 72C 24 ns Control board AT gr DC reactor DCL Noise filter Terminal block for power supply A L1 L2 L3 N S 18 Note INV board a Note 1 Exercise caution not to damage the bottom and the front panel of the control box Damage to these parts affect the water proof and dust proof properties of the control box and may result in damage to its internal components 2 Faston terminals have a locking function Make sure the cable heads are securely locked in place Press the tab on the ter minals to remove them HWE08110 47 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 3 Outdoor Unit Circuit Board 1 Outdoor unit control board CNAC2 ON CN51 3 Output 12VDC 4 Compressor ON OFF output 5 Error output Actuator driving output CN72 72C driving output LED3 Lit when powered LED2 Lit during normal CPU operation HWE08110 CNDC Bus voltage input P YN CN2 Serial communication signal input CN801 5 GND INV board Output 17VDC CN332 Output 18VDC cng Pressure switch GND DGND connection Fan board 9 Serial communication signal output zo Xu EK MADE MITSUBISHI CNTO1 IN JAPAN ep AG CAUTION FOR HIGH VOLTAGE
279. short on refrigerant Changing the amount of refrigerant in the system while there is refrigerant in the accumulator has little effect on the discharge temperature The higher the pressure the more likely it is for the discharge temperature to rise The lower the pressure the more likely it is for the discharge temperature to rise 4 When the amount of refrigerant in the system is adequate the compressor shell temperature is 10 to 60 C 18 to 108 F higher than the low pressure saturation temperature Te gt If the temperature difference between the compressor shell temperature and low pressure saturation temperature Te is smaller than 5 C 9 F an overcharging of refrigerant is suspected kb 4 Adjusting the Refrigerant Amount 1 Symptoms Overcharging or undercharging of refrigerant can cause the following symptoms Before attempting to adjust the amount of refrigerant in the system thoroughly check the operating conditions of the system Then adjust the refrigerant amount by running the unit in the refrigerant amount adjust mode The system comes to an abnormal stop displaying 1500 overcharged refrigerant on Overcharged refrigerant the controller The operating frequency does not reach the set frequency and there is a problem with Insufficient refrigerant amount performance The system comes to an abnormal stop displaying 1102 abnormal discharge temper ature on the controller 2 A
280. specifications of the outdoor unit outdoor LEV and the indoor unit indoor LEV differ Therefore remedies for each failure may vary Check the remedy specified for the appropriate LEV as indicated in the right column HWE08110 Microcomputer driver circuit fail ure LEV mechanism is locked Disconnected or short circuited LEV motor coil Incomple sealing leak from the valve Faulty wire con nections in the connector or faulty contact Disconnect the control board connector and connect the check LED as shown in the figure below 160 LED resistance 0 25W 1kQ LED DC15V 20mA or more When the main power is turned on the indoor unit cir cuit board outputs pulse signals to the indoor unit LEV for 10 seconds and the outdoor unit circuit board out puts pulse signals to the outdoor unit LEV for 17 sec onds If any of the LED remains lit or unlit the drive circuit is faulty If the LEV is locked the drive motor runs idle and makes a small clicking sound When the valve makes a closing and opening sound the valve has a problem Measure resistance between the coils red white red orange brown yellow brown blue using a tester They are normal if resistance is 150ohm 10 Measure resistance between the coils red white red orange brown yellow brown blue using a tester They are normal if resistance is 460hm 3 When checking the refrigerant leak from the indoor LEV run the targe
281. ssure 63LS drops When low pressure 63LS rises sor frequency Fmin operation or when low below 0 23 MPa 33 psi above 0 38MPa 55 psi pressure 63LS drops 3 minutes have passed since startup During heating operation and when low When low pressure 63LS drops 3 minutes have passed since ON pressure 63LS drops 3 minutes have below 0 12 MPa 17 psi control started and when low pres passed since start up and resuming opera sure 63LS drops below 0 16MPa tion after the completion of the defrost cycle 23 psi When high pressure 63HS1 or 2 rises When 63HS1 63HS2 exceeds When 63HS1 62HS2 are or below 3 62 MPa 525 psi 3 43 MPa 497 psi and 30 seconds have passed since ON control started 2 Bypass solenoid valve SV2 ON Closed Operation At NO1 compressor startup outdoor tem ON when 5 minutes or less have OFF when 5 minutes or more have perature 5 C 41 F or lower or after resum passed and 63HS1 lt 1 96MPa passed or 63HS1 gt 1 96MPa 284 ing operation after the completion of the 284 psi psi defrost cycle HWE08110 84 GB VII Control 3 Bypass solenoid valve SV6 ON Open ON During heating operation outdoor tempera Always ON except for the defrost cycle ture TH7 is 5 C 41 F and above During heating operation outdoor tempera OFF when 1 minute has passed since compressor startup ture TH7 is 3 C 37 F or below Note If outdoor temperature
282. story OC error history Anytime after power on Deletion of error his When switched from OFF tory SW OS Storage of OS OS Deletion of to ON error history OS error history Anytime af 10 minutes ter power Forced defrost Forced defrost after com 1 on When Note 3 starts pressor switched startup from OFF to Defrost timer setting Anytime after power on 50 minutes 90 minutes When switched from OFF Note 3 to ON Target evaporating Depends on the setting combination with D temperature setting the SW3 5 setting Note 4 Anytime after power on KEE E R Note Unless otherwise specified leave the switch to OFF where indicated by which may be set to OFF for a reason 2 A Only the switch on either the OC or OS needs to be set for the setting to be effective on both units B The switches on both the OC and OS need to be set to the same setting for the setting to be effective C The setting is effective for the unit on which the setting is made 3 Refer to VII 2 Controlling the Outdoor Unit for details page 83 4 The table below shows the combination of SW2 9 and SW3 5 settings and the target evaporating temperature setting that corresponds to each combination SW2 9 Switch AAA SW3 5 HWE08110 77 GB VII Control Units that re Function according to switch setting Switch setting timing 1577 Svvitch Function setting Note 2 1 Test run mode en Sw3 2 disabled SVV3 2 e
283. such a way that the coils and the body can be separated Coils 5 Stopper Lead vvire 2 Removing the coils Fasten the body tightly at the bottom Part A in the figure so that the body will not move then pull out the coils toward the top If the coils are pulled out without the body gripped undue force will be applied and the pipe will be bent Part A 3 Installing the coils Fix the body tightly at the bottom Part A in the figure so that the body will not move then insert the coils from the top and insert the coil stopper securely in the pipe on the body Hold the body when pulling out the coils to prevent so that the pipe will not be bent If the coils are pushed without the body gripped undue force will be applied and the pipe will be bent Hold the body when pulling out the coils to prevent so that the pipe will not be bent Part A BER HWE08110 194 GB IX Troubleshooting 6 Inverter Replace only the compressor if only the compressor is found to be defective Replace only the fan motor if only the fan motor is found to be defective Replace the defective components if the inverter is found to be defective If both the compressor and the inverter are found to be defective replace the defective component s of both devices 1 Inverter related problems Troubleshooting and remedies 1 The INV board has a large capacity electrolytic capacitor in which residual voltage remains even after the
284. switches to 50 Outdoor unit 5 HWE08110 35 GB II Restrictions 6 An Example of a System to which an ME Remote Controller is connected 1 Sample control wiring L11 Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF gt ON CN41 CN40 Replace SW2 1 OFF ON L21 Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF gt ON Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF gt ON L31 Not connect Note1 System controller ABS 000 2 Cautions 1 2 9 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units No more than 3 ME remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units Do not connect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor units that are connected to different outdoor units vvith each other Replace the power jumper connector of the control board from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units Provide an electrical path to ground for the S terminal on the terminal block for centralized control on only one of the outdoor units A transmission booster is required in a system to which more than 16 indoor including one or more indoor units of the 200 model or above are connected When a power supply unit is connected to the transmis sion line for centralized control leave the power jumper connector on CN41 as it is factory setting HWE08110 mum Interlock
285. t and wait for 5 minutes Turn on the dip switch SW2 2 on the outdoor unit control board Turn on the power source of the outdoor unit and wait for 5 minutes Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit and wait for 5 minutes Turn off the dip switch SW2 2 on the outdoor unit control board Turn on the power source of the outdoor unit GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code No response error Error definition and error detection method When no response command is returned although acknowledgement ACK is received after transmission an error is detect ed When the data is transmitted 10 times in a row with 3 seconds interval an error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller where an error oc curred Cause The transmission line work is performed while the power is on the transmitted data will collide and the wave shape will be changed The transmission is sent and received repeatedly due to noise Decrease of transmission line voltage signal by exceeding acceptable range of transmission wiring Farthest 200m 656ft or less Remote controller wiring 12m 39ft or less The transmission line voltage signal is decreased due to erroneous sizing of transmission line Wire diameter 1 25mm AWG16 or more Check method and remedy When an error occurs during commissioning turn off the
286. t Run Mode 6 The following symptoms are normal Symptoms Remote controller Caise display The indoor unit does not start Cooling heating The unit cannot perform a heating cooling operation when other indoor after starting cooling heating icon blinks on the units are performing a cooling heating operation operation display The auto vane adjusts its posi After an hour of cooling operation with the auto vane in the vertical posi tion by itself tion the vane may automatically move into the horizontal position Normal display Louver blades will automatically move into the horizontal position while the unit is in the defrost mode pre heating stand by mode or when the thermostat triggers unit off The fan stops during heating Bonos The fan remains stopped during defrost operation operation The fan keeps running after Unli When the auxiliary heater is turned on the fan operates for one minute nlit m the unit has stopped after stopping to dissipate heat The fan speed does not reach The fan operates at extra low speed for 5 minutes after it is turned on or the set speed vvhen operation until the pipe temperature reaches 35 C 95 F then it operates at low ie STAND BY U switch is turned on speed for 2 minutes and finally it operates at the set speed Pre heating stand by When the main power is The system is starting up Wait until the blinking display of HO or turned on the display shown
287. t are in stalled in parallel to the pipe and the pipe temperature on the downstream of the valve may still be high Note Do not give an impact from outside as the outer hull will be deformed leading to the malfunction of the inner valve 4 In case of SV2 Bypass valve This solenoid valve opens when powered Relay ON This valve turns on when low pressure LPS drops to 0 25 MPa 36 psi or below during Heating only or Heating main oper ation AND after 5 minutes have passed after compressor startup OR when 63HS1 is above 3 5 MPa 508psi with the SV9 turned on and SV5b turned off AND the frequency drops to the minimum To check whether the valve is open or closed check the change of the SV2 downstream piping temperature while the valve is being powered Even when the valve is closed high temperature refrigerant flows inside the capillary next to the valve Note Do not give an impact from outside as the outer hull will be deformed leading to the malfunction of the inner valve 5 In the case of SV5b Solenoid valve This solenoid valve is a switching valve that opens when energized Proper operation can be verified on the LED and by listening for the operation sound During cooling operation this valve turns on and off simultaneously with 21S4b making it difficult to listen for its operation sound Check the pipe temperature before and after the valve instead to determine if refrigerant is flowing through the valve Note
288. t damage or grounding on the load side is detected just before starting the inverter 3 Cause check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy 1 Grounding fault compressor Refer to IX 4 6 2 2 page 197 In the case of 4250 2 Inverter output related Refer to IX 4 6 2 1 4 page 197 In the case of 4255 1 Grounding fault of fan motor Refer to IX 4 6 2 5 page 198 2 Fan board failure Refer to IX 4 6 2 6 page 198 Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 HWE08110 139 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Overcurrent error due to short circuited motor Detail code 105 2 Error definition and error detection method When a short is detected on the compressor or the fan motor just before the inverter operation 3 Cause Check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy 1 Short circuited compressor Refer to IX 4 6 2 2 page 197 In the case of 4250 2 Output wiring Check for a short circuit In the case of 4255 1 X Short circuited fan motor Refer to IX 4 6 2 5 page 198 2 Output wiring Check for a short circuit Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Trouble shooting principal parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 1 Error Code Heatsink overheat protection at startup 2 Error defin
289. t for trans mission line System controller MELANS malfunction HWE08110 154 Check method and remedy Same remedy as that for system with one outdoor unit Same remedy as that for grouping of units in a sys tem with multiple outdoor units Same remedy as that for system with one outdoor unit Check the LED display for troubleshooting on the outdoor unit If an error is found check the check code definition and correct the error If no error is found check 2 Check 5 7 on the left Check voltage of the transmission line for cen tralized control 20V or more Check 1 and 2 on the left Less than 20V Check 3 on the left GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 3 System connected to the system controllers MELANS Error source address ME re mote con troller RC HWE08110 Error display ME remote controller RC System con troller SC MA remote controller MA System con troller SC
290. t indoor unit in the fan mode and the other indoor units in the cooling mode Then check the liquid temperature TH22 with the self diagnosis LED When the unit is running in the fan mode the LEV is ful ly closed and the temperature detected by the thermis tor is not low If there is a leak however the temperature will be low If the temperature is extremely low compared with the inlet temperature displayed on the remote controller the LEV is not properly sealed however if there is a little leak it is not necessary to re place the LEV when there are no effects to other parts Thermistor a liquid piping temperature detection 1 Linear Expansion Valve board Replace the LEV Replace the LEV coils Replace the LEV coils If there is a large amount of leakage replace the LEV Check for loose pins on the connector and check Check the continuity at the the colors of the lead wires visually Disconnect the control board s connector and conduct a continuity check using a tester 193 points where an error occurs Malfunction Judgment method Remedy Target mode LEV When the drive circuit has a problem replace the control Indoor Outdoor Indoor Outdoor Indoor Outdoor LEV2a LEV2b Outdoor LEV 1 Indoor Indoor Outdoor GB IX Troubleshooting 4 Outdoor unit LEV LEV1 LEV4 coil removal procedure 1 LEV component As shown in the figure the outdoor LEV is made in
291. t the heat sink cooling air passage is not blocked Check for proper installation of the INV board IGBT Check for proper instal lation of the IGBT heatsink Check the THHS sensor reading on the LED monitor gt If an abnormal value appears replace the INV board Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 HWE08110 137 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Overload protection 2 Error definition and error detection method If the output current of lac gt Imax Arms or THHS gt 100 C 212 F is continuously detected for 10 minutes or more during inverter operation 3 Cause check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy Power supply environment Power supply voltage is 342 V or above Inverter failure Refer to IX 4 6 page 195 Check that the compressor has not overheated during operation gt Check the refrigerant circuit oil return section Refer to IX 4 6 2 2 page 197 Note Refer to section 6 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 195 1 Error Code IPM error Detail code 101 2 Error definition and error detection method In the case of 4250 Overcurrent is detected by the overcurrent detection resistor RSH on the INV board In the case of 4255 IPM error signal is detecte
292. t the refrigerant that remains inside the indoor unit Do not discharge refrigerant into air into the atmosphere when it is collected 5 Repair the leak 6 After repairing the leak perform evacuation of the extension pipe for the indoor unit and open the refrigerant service valves BV1 and BV2 to adjust refrigerant 4 Leak spot In the case of outdoor unit Heating season 1 Collect the refrigerant in the entire system outdoor unit extended pipe and indoor unit Do not discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere when it is collected 2 Repair the leak 3 After repairing the leak replace the dryer with the new one and perform evacuation of the entire system and calculate the standard amount of refrigerant to be added for outdoor unit extended pipe and indoor unit and charge the refrigerant Refer to VIII 4 3 page 104 Note If the indoor or outdoor units need to be turned off for repairing leaks during Step 1 above turn off the power approximately 1 hour after the units came to a stop If the power is turned off in less than 15 minutes LEV2a and LEV2b may close trapping high pressure refrigerant in the out door unit heat exchanger and creating a highly dangerous situation HWE08110 205 GB IX Troubleshooting 6 Compressor Replacement Instructions Compressor replacement procedures Follow the procedures below Steps 1 through 5 to remove the compressor components and replace the compressor
293. te controller and the indoor unit is performed with current tone burst 1 Symptoms caused by noise interference on the transmission line If noise is generated on the transmission line and the communication between the MA remote controller and the indoor unit is interrupted for 3 minutes in a row MA transmission error 6831 will occur 2 Confirmation of transmission specifications and wave pattern A B No polarity Across terminal No 1 2 MA remote controller Indoor unit Power supply 9V to 12VDC Transmission waveform Across terminal No 1 2 CD Satisfies the formula VVVV V A A A A A DC9 12V 12 msec bit 5 2 Voltage among terminals must Logic 1 Logic O Logic 1 Logic 1 be between DC9 and 12 V 12msec 12msec 12msec 12msec HWE08110 186 GB IX Troubleshooting 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts 1 High Pressure Sensor 63HS1 Intermediate pressure sensor 63HS2 1 Compare the pressure that is detected by the high pressure sensor and the high pressure gauge pressure to check for failure Attach the intermediate pressure gauge to the check joint on the liquid valve BV2 Then compare the pressure that is detected by the intermediate pressure sensor and the intermediate pressure gauge By configuring the digital display setting switch SW1 as shown in the figure below the pressure as measured by the high pressure sensor appears on the LED1 on the control board High pressure sensor
294. ted operation time of compressor and piping temperature are met for every range of lt condition 1 gt through lt condition 3 gt Outdoor temperature TH7 5 C 23 F and above 5 C 23 F or below Integrated operation time of 1 When 50 minutes have passed 90 minutes when the de When 250 minutes have compressor frost prohibit timer is set to 90 minutes passed Piping temperature TH3 At or below 10 C 14 F for Outdoor temperature TH7 At or below 10 C 14 F for 3 minutes is at or below 5 C 23 F for 3 minutes Or 1 5 0 02xTH7 gt 63LS 3 minutes for 3 minutes Or 1 5 0 02 x TH7 gt 63LS for 3 minutes Defrost cycle does not start while other outdoor units are defrosting or 10 minutes have not passed since resuming operation after the completion of the defrost cycle If 10 minutes have passed since compressor start up or since the completion of defrost operation forced defrost operation will start by turning on the forced defrost switch DIP SW2 7 Even if the defrost prohibit timer is set to 90 minutes or 150 minutes lt condition 3 gt the actual defrost prohibit time for the next defrost cycle is 50 minutes if the last defrost cycle took 12 minutes In the multiple outdoor unit system all of the outdoor units that are in operation go into the defrost mode simultaneously The unit s that is stopped at the time defrost operation starts remains stopped 2 Defrost operation Compressor freq
295. th IEC or equivalent standard The electric strength between accessible parts and control circuit should have 2750V or more HWE08110 292 GB II Restrictions Example of wiring connection Cy CNG EEE Distant control board TM Relay circuit 2 Gol Outdoor unit 8 1 control board 15 CN51 1 3 E IE Lt Preparations in the field Maximum cable L1 Outdoor unit error display lamp engin 5 10m L2 Compressor operation lamp compressor running state X Y Relay coil lt 0 9W DC12V 1 Optional part PAC SC37SA E or field supply eo EE Outdoor unit control board CN3S Relay circuit Adapter 2 PES 1 l l l l L Preparations in the field EE Maximum cable length is 10m X Relay Contact rating voltage gt DC15V Contact rating current gt 0 1A Minimum applicable load lt 1mA at DC Snow sensor The outdoor fan runs when X is closed in stop mode or thermostat mode 2 Optional part PAC SC36NA E or field supply Ne OE rr Relay circuit Adapter 2 Outdoor unit control board CN3N Normal L Preparations 1 7 Maximum cable Eat X Cooling Heating Y Validity Invalidity of X X Y Relay Contact rating voltage gt DC15V Contact rating current gt 0 1A Minimum applicable load lt 1mA at DC 2 Optional part PAC SC3
296. ther the OC or OS needs to be set for the setting to be effective on both units B The switches on both the OC and OS need to be set to the same setting for the setting to be effective C The setting is effective for the unit on which the setting is made 3 When set to the capacity priority mode and if the following conditions are met the Low noise mode will terminate and the unit will go back into the normal operation mode Cooling Outside temperature is high or high pressure is high Heating Outside temperature is low or low pressure is low page 22 2 INV board Functions are switched with the following connector Function Function according to connector to connector Setting timing Connector Function Disabled Enabled Disabled CN6 short Enabling disabling the following error Error detection Error detection Anytime after power on circuit con detection functions enabled disable nector ACCT sensor failure No load opera 5301 Detail No 115 tion is possi ACCT sensor circuit failure ble 5301 Detail No 117 IPM open ACCT erroneous wiring 5301 Detail No 119 Detection of ACCT erroneous wiring 5301 Detail No 120 Note CN6 short circuit connector is mated with the mating connector Leave the short circuit connector on the mating connector during normal operation to enable error detection and protect the equipment from damage HWE08110 T9 GB VII Control 2 Function of t
297. thest 200 m 656ft or less Remote controller wiring 10m 32ft or less Erroneous sizing of transmission line Not within the range below Wire diameter 1 25mm AWG 16 or more Indoor unit control board failure When IC unit address is changed or modified during operation Faulty or disconnected IC trans mission wiring Disconnected IC connector CN2M Indoor unit controller failure M NET remote controller failure The power source of LOSSNAY has been shut off When the address of LOSSNAY is changed in the middle of the operation Faulty or disconnected transmis sion wiring of LOSSNAY Disconnected connector CN1 on LOSSNAY Controller failure of LOSSNAY Faulty transmission wiring at IC unit side Faulty wiring of the transmission line for ME remote controller When the address of ME remote controller is changed in the mid dle of the operation ME remote controller failure 150 Check method and remedy Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit and turn it on again If the error is accidental it will run normally If not check the causes 1 4 Turn off the outdoor indoor units for 5 or more minutes and turn them on again If the error is accidental they will run normally If not check the causes 1 5 Turn off the power source of LOSSNAY and turn it on again If the error is accidental it will run normally If not check the causes 1 5 Turn off t
298. this case No entries found When only one unit address is registered the same address will remain on the display regardless of how many times the button is pressed When the address of multiple units are registered i e 011 7012 013 they will be displayed one at a time in an ascending order with each pressing of button E C v To delete an address go to section 3 Address Deletion To go back to the normal display follow step 49 3 Address deletion 9 Repeat steps 7 and 8 in the previous page to interlock all the indoor units in a group with the LOSSNAY unit 5 5 To go back to the normal display To search for an address follow step 0 go to section 2 Address Search B Interlock setting search After performing step 6 proceed as follovvs 2 Bring up the address of the indoor unit to be searched on the display Select the address of the indoor unit to be searched by pressing button TIMER SET or A to advance or go back through the interlocked addresses LOSSNAY can be searched in the same manner by bringing up the LOSSNAY address in the Interlocked unit address display window d gt Bring up on the display the address of the LOSSNAY unit that was interlocked with the indoor unit in step 2 With each pressing of button the address of the LOSSNAY and indoor unit that is interlocked with it will be displayed alternately Address
299. ting re sistance value is 1 Mohm or less Disconnect the fan motor wirings Failure fan motor if the insulat Replace the fan motor and check the resistance of the fan ing resistance value is not in motor with a megger specified range Failure when the insulating re sistance value is 1 Mohm or less Note The insulation resistance could go down to close to 1Mohm after installation or when the power is kept off for an extended period of time because of the accumulation of refrigerant in the compressor If the earth leakage breaker is triggered please use the following procedure to take care of this Disconnect the wires from the compressor s terminal block If the resistance is less than 1 Mohm switch on the power for the outdoor unit with the wires still disconnected Leave the power on for at least 12 hours Check that the resistance has recovered to 1 Mohm or greater Earth leakage current measurement method For easy on site measurement of the earth leakage current enable the filter with a measurement instrument that has filter functions as below clamp all the power supply wires and measure Recommended measurement instrument CLAMP ON LEAK HiTESTER 3283 made by HIOKI EE CORPORATION When measuring one device alone measure near the device s power supply terminal block HWE08110 199 GB IX Troubleshooting 5 Simple checking procedure for individual components of main inverter circuit Note
300. tory setting SW1 1 on the controller board on the indoor unit is set to OFF To use the built in sensor on the remote controller set the SW1 1 on the controller board on the indoor unit to ON Some models of remote controllers are not equipped with a built in temperature sensor Use the built in temperature sensor on the indoor unit instead When using the built in sensor on the remote controller install the remote controller where room temperature can be detected HWE08110 61 GB 82 V Electrical Wiring Diagram 1 Electrical Wiring Diagram of the Outdoor Unit 2 Electrical Wiring Diagram of Transmission Booster HWE08110 63 GB 64 Electrical wiring diagram of the outdoor uni HP200 HP250 models 1 Electrical Wiring Diagram of the Outdoor Uni 1 PUHY V Electrical Wiring Diagram 1 1 e qeo lqe UOISSILISUEJ 0309 11002 UOISSIUISUEJ Joopino 400pu pJeog LAN W SS9 JO AOZIO 01 peddoup seu pJeog ANI UO N L4 pUe 4 1 usem9q eDeyoA ay 161 uuiuoo pue SOINUIW DL 1Se9 je 104 yo yun ay daayuamod y HO uJnj xoq Ou u JO episui ayy Buno dsul eJojeg sued sesnou xoq oju02 Uleu PEAOUIS O 5 6 1 y uo qe ay Seel UOILSSUI Jaye eoejd ui payxoo 5 ae S euiuJJ9 ay ens exye A uonounyj Hulyoo e aney sjeu uojse 4 JayjaBo ul s4s jueJeBujoJ 5 ay ui spun Joopino ay uo 241 seurue ure
301. troller installation manual OK no problems with the remote controller check the wiring regulations NG Replace the MA remote controller 6832 6833 ERC Due to noise interference lt Go to 6 gt Check wave shape noise on MA remote controller line by following IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 184 When no problems are found with items 1 through 6 replace the indoor unit board or the MA remote controller The following status can be confirmed on LED1 and 2 on the indoor unit board IF LED1 is lit the main power source of the indoor unit is turned on IF LED2 is lit the MA remote controller line is being powered HWE08110 161 GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code MA controller signal reception error Start bit detection error Error definition and error detection method Communication between the MA remote controller and the indoor unit is not done properly No proper data has been received for 2 minutes Cause Contact failure of the remote controller lines of MA remote controller or the indoor unit All the remote controllers are set to SUB Failure to meet wiring regulations Wire length Wire size Number of remote controllers Number of indoor units The remote controller is removed after the installation without turning the power source off Noise interference on the remote controller transmission lines Faulty circuit that is on the indoor board and perf
302. uency Compressor frequency HP200 model 65Hz when outdoor air is 5 C 23 F or more 60Hz when outdoor air is below 5 C 23 F or less HP250 model Outdoor unit fan Stopped SV2 SV9 m m 1 mm FF 3 Stopping the defrost operation The defrost cycle ends when 12 minutes have passed since the beginning of the cycle or when the pipe temperature TH3 is 10 C 50 F or above has been continuously detected for 2 minutes The defrost cycle does not end for 2 minutes once started unless the pipe temperature exceeds o below within 2 minutes 25 C gt q Outdoor temperature TH7 25 C gt 5 C 77 F gt a Outdoor temperature TH7 45 F gt 41 F In the multiple outdoor unit system defrosting is stopped on all units at the same time 4 Problems during defrost operation elf a problem is detected during defrost operation the operation will be stopped and the defrost prohibition time based on the integrated compressor operation time will be set to 20 minutes 5 Change in the number of operating indoor units during defrost operation Even when there is a change in the number of operating indoor units during defrost operation the operation will continue and an adjustment will be made after the completion of the defrost operation Defrost operation will be continued even if the indoor units stop or under the Thermo OFF conditions until it has run its course HWE08110 87 GB VII Control 8 Re
303. uid pipe temper ature TH3 or superheat amount calculated by low pressure 63LS and subcool coil bypass outlet temperature TH2 is ad justed to be in the certain range every 30 seconds Valve opening is corrected based on the subcool coil inlet outlet temperature TH3 TH6 high pressure 63HS1 and dis charge temperature TH4 2 Compressor discharge superheat control Compressor discharge superheat is performed individually on the OC and OS Compressor discharge superheat control adjusts compressor discharge superheat that is calculated by compressor dis charge temperature TH4 and high pressure 63HS1 to be in the certain range as shown in the table below every 30 seconds Compressor frequency Compressor discharge superheat target value 3 Intermediate pressure control OC interlocks with OS and performs intermediate pressure control However valve opening of OC and OS differs depending on refrigerant amount of each outdoor unit Intermediate pressure control adjusts intermediate pressure of OC HPS2 to be in the certain range target 1 3 MPa 189 psi every 30 seconds HWE08110 89 GB VII Control 11 Control at Initial Start up When started up for the first time before 12 hours have elapsed after power on the unit goes into the initial startup mode At the completion of the initial operation mode on the OC OS they will go into the normal control mode 1 Flowchart of initial operation
304. un Mode 5 Refrigerant Amount Adjust Mode 1 Procedures Follow the procedures below to add or extract refrigerant as necessary depending on the operation mode When the function switch SW4 3 on the main board on the outdoor unit OC only is turned to ON the unit goes into the refrigerant amount adjust mode and the following sequence is followed Note SW4 3 on the OS is invalid and the unit will not go into the refrigerant amount adjust mode Operation When the unit is in the refrigerant amount adjust mode the LEV on the indoor unit does not open as fully as it nor mally does during cooling operation to secure subcooling Note 1 Adjust the refrigerant amount based on the values of TH4 TH3 TH6 and Tc following the flowchart below Check the TH4 TH3 TH6 and Tc values on the OC OS by following the flowchart The TH4 TH3 TH6 and Tc values can be displayed by setting the self diagnosis switch SW1 on the main board on the OC OS 2 There may be cases when the refrigerant amount may seem adequate for a short while after starting the unit in the refrigerant amount adjust mode but turn out to be inadequate later on when the refrigerant system stabilizes When the amount of refrigerant is truly adequate TH3 TH6 on the indoor unit is 5 C 9 F or above and SH on the indoor unit is between 5 and 15 C 9 and 27 F The refrigerant amount may seem adequate at the moment but may turn out to be inadequate later on TH3
305. unit address 2 main unit ad dress 3 etc Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of these units after assigning an address to all indoor units Settings to be made ac cording to the remote con troller function selection Assign sequential address to the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units are au tomatically designated as OC and OS Note To perform a group operation of indoor units that have differ ent functions desig nate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of functions as the main unit None of these ad dresses may overlap any of the indoor unit addresses To set the address to 100 set the rotary switches to 50 The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS Sch Factory setting GB II Restrictions 4 Asystem in which a system controller is connected to the transmission line for centralized control and which is pow ered from an outdoor unit 1 Sample control wiring nan Interlock operation with L11 L12 the ventilation unit t gt CNAT as its SW2 1 OFF ON Leave the male CN41 CN40 Replace SW2 1 OFF gt ON OS Leave the male Leave the male connector on connector on CN41 as it is CN41 as it is 9 SW2 1 OFF gt ON SW2 1 OFF ON OS OC TB5 1 25 1 2 I I QQ QQQ QQ QQQ_99 QQQ O0 1 QQQ SS I SE INS T RE er ES Nee
306. units 7102 Address setting error 7105 152 Check method and remedy Turn off the power source of LOSSNAY for 5 or more min utes and turn it on again Ifthe error Is accidental it will run normally If not check the cause 2 Check the causes of 1 5 If the cause is found correct it If no cause is found check 3 Same cause as that for indoor unit described in 3 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 2 Grouping of units in a system with multiple outdoor units Error source Error display address Detection method Check method and remedy ME re ME remote No acknowl Same causes as 1 4 for Turn off the power source of mote con controller RC edgement system with one outdoor unit LOSSNAY for 5 or more min troller MA remote ACK at IC utes and turn it on again If the RC controller MA transmission to error is accidental it will run RC normally If not check the cause 2 Disconnection or short circuit Check the c
307. uo Asieq SJ0joeuuoo euis indinonndul Dunoeuuoo 104 400q eje au o Jajay seuepunoq xoq Ox K K Ex Cx Lx ssed q uonons Jojoeuuoo uonoun4 SC vez eBeyosip y Bursojo Buruedo 104 ZAS 1991 SHHL S O Jepun SAIRA eunjejeduiej 6 Xoq 030053 XOSHL ssed q y Dursojo Buruedo 104 plou los PLAS VO ZHL HOI eumejeduiey uonoefui ay Bursoj o Buruedo 104 vAIT jueJeBujeJ pinbil pajoooqns 9HL 041UO9 gunyeseduia edid ebseyosiq PHL JUBJIOBLYOY JOJJUO9 aunsseJd SAJEA q EZAZ1 edid CHL WOU OIH l MOL uoisuedxe eJnjeJeduiej juesaBije sjouo2 ssed q DIH TEBUE HAJI y nno ssed q joooqns 0191 CHL 1019891 3g od ajqeo 140sseJduioo y Buneeu asesyuelo LLHO UOISSIUISUEJ OJ UOO 6110 0 181 OV 40SU S 1ueun ET LID ajqeo urew oneuDel A oz2 UOISSIUJSUEJ JOOPINO JOOPU yoolq 261 eJnssaJd MOT 5169 Alddns samod JeuiuuJe p LaL 95 SJPPIN Josues cCSHE9 HINO ainsseid imnss ld VSH 9 ssed q au Sulsoro Sulu do 104 6AS n n JOOpyno Yous ynoJm ssedAq 34 JO uono oid aunssald ubiH oJnssaJd VH 9 oo9qns ay Sulsoyo ulu do 104 9AS Jo3uoo Ajoedeo 0 009 Ajoedeo A BA e u jun 100pjno 47512 JeBueuoxe yeay jun J00PINO plou
308. were made with the MA remote controller To perform a group operation of indoor units that have differ ent functions designate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of func tions as the main unit Assign the smallest address to the main unit in the group Assign sequential numbers starting with the address of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc Sub remote controller Settings to be made accord ing to the remote controller function selection Make the indoor unit group ini tial settings via the system controller MELANS Assign an address larger than those of the indoor units that are connected to the MA re mote controller To perform a group operation of indoor units that have differ ent functions designate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of func tions as the main unit Assign the smallest ad dress to the main unit in the group Assign sequential numbers starting with the address of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc Add 100 to the main unit ad dress in the group It is not necessary to set the 100s digit To set the address to 200 set the rotary switches to 00 Add 150 to the main unit ad dress in the group None of these addresses may overlap any of the in door unit addresses Assign an a
309. y 0 p eldsip 1115 pueoq joJjuoo JOOPU 3y JO 49849 2021 51 uo Jamod ay Bum UIS spuooes QZ UCU Jeyv 2174 1 S ZQ31U9IuM amp Bumulq pieoq onuo yun JOOPUI ayy uo 2031 SI 00 181 sisouBeip jjes eui o J9Jes Aeldsip 4043 SHA SHA bi ON A Aejdsip au uo Jeadde NO II 39jonuoo ay gt U IM pajesado si yun ayy ueuM SHA lt aouo aowa VIN AU SJA yym uoneredo dnoJ6 Buuuny 014409 ejouel ay S3A uo p eidsip SI Even if the operation button on the remote controller SHA alb lito aowal ay uo pafeldsp s INN 39V31d LO Ste Ca uo senod et Bun Jepy HWE08110 IX Troubleshooting In case of ME remote controller 1 Phenomena Even if the operation button on the remote controller is pressed the display remains unlit and the unit does not start running Power indicator does not appear on the screen 1 Cause 1 The power for the M NET transmission line is not supplied from the outdoor unit 2 Short circuit of the transmission line 3 Incorrect wiring of the M NET transmission line on the outdoor unit Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller or disconnected line to the terminal block The indoor transmission line is connected incorrectly to the transmission terminal block for centralized controller TB7 4 Disconnected transmission line on the remote cont
310. y in operation 1 gt Qj Total capacity models code Refer to the VII 1 2 1 Dipswitches for the capacity code page 80 HWE08110 90 GB VII Control 12 Emergency Operation Mode 1 Problems with the outdoor unit HP400 and HP500 models operate in emergency operation mode when one of the outdoor unit is trouble or when one or two of the outdoor units are in trouble The outdoor unit which is not in trouble operates in this mode This mode can be started by performing an error reset via the remote controller 1 Starting the emergency operation 1 When an error occurs the error source and the error code will be displayed on the display on the remote controller 2 The error is reset using the remote controller 3 Ifan error code appears that permits an emergency operation in step 1 above See the table below 1 the retry operation Starts 4 Ifthe same error is detected during the retry operation step 3 above an emergency operation can be started by resetting the error via the remote controller Error codes that permit an emergency operation Applicable to both OC and OS Error codes that permit an SA Compressor 4230 Fan motor 4240 Inverter 5107 Outside air temperature sensor failure 4102 Open phase Power I i 4115 Power supply sync signal abnormality Emergency operation pattern 2 outdoor units OC failure OS failure pattern pattern oc Trouble Normal Normal Troubl
311. yed HWE08110 214 GB X LED monitor display on the outdoor unit board e dsip ay uo sJead de 1 UO papueuap 1ou y e dsip ay uo sJead de p llon UO papueuap JOU y SIP ay uo SJESdde p3 99 19p ase SJOJUS OU J e dsip ay uo sJead de pajoajap ae SJOJJS ou J JOJJS 1 159 e ay jo ejdsig syJeuway poAeldsip si wa s s jueJeBujeuJ ay JO uonipuoo ay 1 g Apjjenpiarpur paAejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo BU Lx ejep es SO pue OO si oil oU U M uoneJedo uon 1555 q uon Aou Bi um JOJJS uon eoiunuJuJo eoiunuJuJo ul uois SIUJSUEJ Joopul 104 Aid dns Jamod Jado ul Ndo poo em am om u S po 10119 pue SSSJPPVY 6666 0 0000 y s po9 10119 pue SSSJPPVY 6666 9 0000 y s po9 pue SSSJPPVY 6666 0 0000 uoneJe do ul duo yoedeo pueuJep julod joe uo Aoedeo puew 9p uoneoiunuJuJo 04 UO9 181090 e dsipind dol Ano Aejay C WOJJO ME Aeyds p nd dol ino Aejay 99 pue 91 Buipnioul c ejdsip 10418 SO DO c Aejdsip 10119 J0119 SO DO Aeyds p 10419 Y90949 SunyBr7 Aejdsip yndino Aejay

Mitsubishi Electric PUHY-HP YHM

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents